Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
Manual
S/N 523211001 & Above
S/N 523311001 & Above
EQUIPPED WITH
BOBCAT INTERLOCK
CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™)
6902447 (3-06) Printed in U.S.A. © Bobcat Company 2006
MAINTENANCE SAFETY
Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and
understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and
signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals
WARNING when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after
adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death. W-2003-0903
Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement, means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety is
involved!” Carefully read the message that follows.
ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEM (ACS) ............... 60-01 FLYWHEEL RPM SENSOR ................................ 60-01
AIR CLEANER .................................................... 70-01 FRONT AUXILIARY HYD. COUPLER BLOCK .......20-01
AIR CLEANER SERVICE ....................................... 10-01 FUEL SYSTEM........................................................10-01
ALTERNATOR ........................................................ 60-01 FUEL TANK .............................................................50-01
RADIATOR ..............................................................70-01
REAR AUXILIARY DIVERTER................................20-01
REAR DOOR ...................................................... 50-01
REAR GRILL ....................................................... 50-01
RECONDITIONING THE ENGINE ..........................70-01
REMOTE START ................................................ 10-01
RPM SENSOR.........................................................70-01
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-01
HVAC
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
A general inspection of the following items must be made after the loader has had service or repair:
1. Check that the ROPS/FOPS 9. The parking brake must
(Including side screens) is in function correctly.
good condition and is not
modified.
5. Check lift arm support device, 13. Check for correct function of
replace if damaged. indicator lamps (Optional on
some models).
18. Inspect the air cleaner for 23. Check for any field
damage or leaks. Check the modification not completed.
condition of the element.
19. Check the electrical charging 24. Check for correct function of
system. the Bobcat Interlock Control
System (BICS™) before the
machine is returned to the
customer.
20. Check tires for wear and 25. Recommend to the owner
pressure. that all necessary corrections
be made before the machine
is returned to service.
CALIFORNIA
PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its
constituents are known to the State of California
to cause cancer, birth defects and other
reproductive harm.
SI SSL-0206 SM
SI SSL-0206 SM
The machine and attachments have components that are • Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance
at high temperature under normal operating conditions. Manual for cleaning the spark arrestor muffler (if
The primary source of high temperatures is the engine equipped).
and exhaust system. The electrical system, if damaged
or incorrectly maintained, can be a source of arcs or Figure 1
sparks.
Figure 2
P-34903
P-31226
XXXX XXXXX
Model 1.-Model/ Engine Model 2.-Production
Combination Sequence (Series)
Figure 4
B-16315
GRAB HANDLES
TILT CYLINDER
● OPERATOR CAB
LIFT CYLINDER (ROPS & FOPS)
SEAT BAR
LIFT ARM
REAR GRILL
LIFT ARM
SUPPORT DEVICE
REAR
LIGHT
REAR DOOR
▼ TAIL LIGHT
* TIRES
B-19816
B-19813
Procedure
Figure 10-10-1
P-43747
Figure 10-10-3
WARNING
Instructions are necessary before operating or
servicing machine. Read and understand the
Operation & Maintenance Manual, Handbook and
signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and
instructions in the manuals when making repairs,
adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function
after adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained
operators and failure to follow instructions can cause
injury or death.
W-2003-0199
P-43749
Always park the loader on a level surface. NOTE: Make sure the jackstands do not touch the
tires.
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
1
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
P-43744
WARNING Lower the lift arm support device on top of the lift
cylinder. Hook the free end of the spring (Item 1) [Figure
10-20-2] to the lift arm support device so there will be no
Service lift arm support device if damaged or if parts
interference with the suppport device engagement.
are missing. Using a damaged lift arm support or
with missing parts can cause lift arms to drop
With the operator in the seat, seat belt fastend and seat
causing injury or death.
bar lowered, start the engine.
W-2271-1197
Figure 10-20-1
1
2
P-43743
P-43746
P-43748
Raise the lift arms a small amount and the spring will llift
Raise the lift arms, until the lift arm support device drops the support device off the lift cylinder rod [Figure 10-20-
onto the lift cylinder rod. 5]. Lower the lift arms and stop the engine.
Lower the lift arms slowly until the lift arm support device Raise the seat bar and move the pedals until both pedals
is held between the lift arms and lift cylinder. Stop the lock.
engine. Raise the seat bar and move the pedals until
both pedals lock. Disconnect the spring from the bracket.
Install the pin (Item 1) [Figure 10-20-3] into the rear of Raise the support device into the storage position and
the lift arm supoort device below the cylinder rod. insert the pin through the lift arm support device and
bracket. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support Device on
Disengaging The Lift Arm Support Device Page 10-20-1.)
Figure 10-20-4 Connect the spring to the pin. (See Engaging The Lift
Arm Support Device on Page 10-20-1.)
P-43745
Description
P-43750
P-43747
Figure 10-30-5
P-31288 P-31289
WARNING Install the plates and nuts [Figure 10-30-5] (both sides).
N-19386
N-20120 P-43751
REAR WINDOW (If Equipped)
Always stop the engine before raising or lowering the Pull on the tag on the top of the rear window to remove
cab. the rubber cord [Figure 10-30-6].
Figure 10-30-7
P-28359
Figure 10-30-8
N-20171
Pull the plastic loop at the top of the window in the front
door to remove the rubber cord [Figure 10-30-8].
Procedure
Figure 10-40-1
P-31228A P-31230A
P-43631
WARNING
Adequately designed ramps of sufficient strength are
needed to support the weight of the machine when
loading onto a transport vehicle. Wood ramps can
break and cause personal injury. 6595014 P-31826
W-2058-0494
Figure 10-50-1
1
P-28038
Figure 10-60-1
1
1
P-28365
Figure 10-60-5
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
With the 7-pin connector plugged into the loader and
the Remote Start Key Switch in the OFF position, the
loader can still be started from the operator panel
inside the cab. Placing the key switch of the remote
start tool in the run position disconnects the
operator panel key switch from the start circuit. If the
service technician will be working in the engine area 1
it is important to remove the operator panel keys.
W-2357-0899
P-28362
Procedure For Loader With Attachments Control
Harness
Figure 10-60-6
Figure 10-60-4
P-28364
P13841
Figure 10-60-7
1
3 2
P13842
1
P-28363 The remote start tool (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-8] has three
rocker switches.
Connect the remote start tool (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-7] Figure 10-60-9
to the loader harness connector (Item 2) [Figure 10-60-
6].
WARNING N-19541
Procedure (Cont’d)
❏ Check wheel nut torque every 8 hours for the first 24 hours.
* Inspect the new belt after first 50 hours.
● Also replace hydraulic/hydrostatic filter element at the first 50 hours and when the transmission warning light comes ON.
^ First oil and filter change must occur at 50 hours; 500 hours thereafter.
❍ When operating under severe conditions, change oil and filter every 250 hours.
■ Or every 12 months.
▼ Or every 5 years.
B-16300
P-34864
B-15552
B-15553
OUTER FILTER
It is important to change the air filter element only when Disengage the wing nut (Item 1) [Figure 10-80-3] and
the Air Cleaner Icon in the right panel is ON (Item 1) remove the dust cover.
[Figure 10-80-1] and you hear three beeps from the
alarm. Figure 10-80-4
Replace the inner filter every third time the outer filter is
replaced or as indicated on (See Replacing Filter
Element (Cont'd) on Page 10-80-2.)
Figure 10-80-2
1
P-34860
1
Remove the wing nut (Item 1) [Figure 10-80-4] and
remove the outer filter element.
B-15551 Install a new outer element, and install the wing nut.
Install the dust cover and install the outer wing nut.
Press and hold the LIGHT Button (Item 1) [Figure 10-80-
2] for two seconds. Check the air intake hose and the air cleaner housing for
damage. Make sure all connections are tight.
Figure 10-80-5
1
1
P-34864
Figure 10-90-1
P-43755
WARNING
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
of the flollowing conditions exist:
• When fluids are under pressure.
• Flying debris or loose material is present.
• Engine is running.
• Tools are being used.
W-2019-1285
Figure 10-90-4
Access
Cover
P-43640
Stop and cool the engine before adding fuel. NO Figure 10-100-3
SMOKING! Failure to obey warnings can cause an
explosion or fire.
W-2063-0887
2
Figure 10-100-1
P-34865
1
See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1 for the
recommended service interval when to remove the water
from the fuel filter.
P-43640
Clean the area around the filter housing. Put oil on the
seal of the new filter element. Install the fuel filter, and
hand tighten. Remove the air from the fuel system.
Figure 10-100-4
P-34865
Figure 10-100-5
P-34865
Figure 10-110-1
1
1
P-34866
P-34866
See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1 for the
service interval for replacing the engine oil and filter.
Check the engine oil level every day.
Run the engine until it is at operating temperature. Stop
Before starting the engine for the work shift, open the the engine.
rear door. Remove the dipstick (Item 1) [Figure 10-110-
1]. Open the rear door. Remove the drain hose (Item 1)
[Figure 10-110-2] from its storage position. Remove the
Keep the oil level between the marks on the dipstick. cap and drain the oil into container.
Oil Chart
RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER
(LUBRICATION OILS FOR DIESEL ENGINE CRANKCASE)
Figure 10-110-3
1
P-34866
Start the engine and let it run for several minutes. Stop
the engine. Check for leaks and check the oil level. Add
WARNING oil as needed if it is not at the top mark on the dipstick.
Clean the filter housing surface. Put clean oil on the new
oil filter gasket. Install the filter and hand tighten only.
Figure 10-120-1
Sight
Gauge
P-4613
P-30011
P-34904
Add the fluid as needed to bring the level to the center of Install and hand tighten the filter elements.
the sight gauge.
Figure 10-120-7
P-31286
1
See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1 for the
service interval.
Figure 10-120-6
P-43786
Figure 10-120-8
P-37663
Install a new filter, tighten the hose fittings and install the
cover.
Add the correct fluid to the reservoir until the fluid level is
at the center of the sight gauge. (See Checking And
Adding Fluid on Page 10-120-1.)
Lower the operator cab. Start the engine and operate the
loader hydraulic controls. Stop the engine. Check for
leaks. Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as
needed.
Figure 10-130-1
P-1616
P-31287
To drain the oil from the chaincase, remove the cover
(Item 1) [Figure 10-130-2] which is installed over the
The chaincase contains the final drive sprockets and drain plug at the rear of the chaincase.
chains and uses the same type of oil as the hydraulic/
hydrostatic system. (See HYDRAULIC FLUID Figure 10-130-3
SPECIFICATIONS on Page SPEC-50-1.)
If the level is low, add oil through the check plug hole until
the oil flows from the hole. Install and tighten the plug. P-1619
Figure 10-140-1
Gear Lube 1
Level
P7616
WARNING
Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes in
attachment. Levers must be fully down and locked.
Failure to secure wedges can allow attachment to
come off and cause injury or death.
W-2102-0588
Wedge Must Contact
Lower Edge Of Hole
Figure 10-150-1 In the Attachment
B-15177
P-21234 If the wedge does not contact the lower edge of the hole
[Figure 10-150-2] and [Figure 10-150-3], the
1 attachment will be loose and can come off the Bob-Tach.
Figure 10-150-4
P-31693
Figure 10-150-2
TS-1062
Figure 10-151-1
B-15177
If the wedge does not contact the lower edge of the hole
B-15891A (Item 1) [Figure 10-151-3], the attachment will be loose
and can come off the Bob-Tach.
Push and hold the BOB-TACH "WEDGES UP" switch Figure 10-151-4
[Figure 10-151-1] until wedges are fully raised. Push and
hold the BOB-TACH "WEDGES DOWN" switch [Figure
10-151-1] until the wedges are fully down. The wedges
must move freely.
Figure 10-151-2
TS-1062
Procedure
Figure 10-160-1
1
P-43784
Figure 10-160-2
4. Base End Tilt Cylinder (Both Sides) [Figure 10-160-
4].
P-43783
Procedure (Cont'd)
Figure 10-160-5
P-31308
Figure 10-160-6
P10105
6
Tire Mounting
The rim flange must be cleaned and free of rust. The tire
bead and rim flange must be lubricated with a rubber
P-31673 lubricant before mounting the tire, avoid excessive
pressure which can rupture the tire and cause serious
injury or death. During inflation of the tire, check the tire
See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1 for the pressure frequently to avoid over inflation.
service interval to check the wheel nuts [Figure 10-170-
1].
Figure 10-170-2
IMPORTANT
Inflate tires to the MAXIMUM pressure shown on the
sidewall of the tire. DO NOT mix brands of tires used
on the same loader.
I-2057-0794
B-9976
Rear tires usually wear faster than front tires. To keep tire
wear even, move the front tires to the rear and rear tires
to the front [Figure 10-170-2].
LEGEND
1 RESERVOIR: 16 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE 31 47 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE
Capacity . . . . . . . . . 21 Qts. (19.9 L) (SCREEN) CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL)
17 ONE WAY RESTRICTOR (ACS Valve Only) 32 SHUTTLE RELIEF VALVE: 48 RELIEF VALVE - 1200 PSI (83 Bar)
2 FILTER - CASE DRAIN (90 Micron)
200 PSI (14 Bar)
18 LOAD CHECK VALVE 49 CHECK VALVE - With 80 PSI (5.5 Bar)
3 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 33 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
19 RELIEF VALVE - MAIN: CONTROL VALVE - BASE 50 CHECK VALVE - With 0.030 (0,8 mm)
4 SPRING LOADED FILTER BYPASS 3250-3350 PSI (224-231 Bar)
VALVE: 45-55 PSI (3.1-3.8 Bar) Restrictor And 300 PSI (21 Bar) Spring
at Front Quick Couplers 34 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - ROD 51 RELIEF VALVE - PORT:
5 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - HYDRAULIC 20 RELIEF VALVE - PORT: 35 LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF 4000 PSI (276 Bar)
POWERED BOB-TACH 4000 PSI (276 Bar) 52 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
36 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - BUCKET POSITION
6 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH: 21 ANTICAVITATION VALVE
CONTROL VALVE - TWO COIL VALVE (ON/OFF)
36-44 PSI (2.5-3.0 Bar)
22 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - 37 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 53 RESTRICTOR - 0.031 inch (0,8 mm)
7 FLOW DIVIDER ADJUSTMENT VALVE PORT (TILT BASE END) CONTROL VALVE - REAR AUXILIARY
3500 PSI (241 Bar)
8 CHECK VALVE - BUCKET POSITION 23 ORIFICE - LIFT BASE (Manual Valve Only) 38 RESTRICTOR - 0.140 inch (3,6 mm)
VALVE
9 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 24 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 39 FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL
BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY PRESSURE BLEED-OFF VALVE
MOTOR 25 RELIEF VALVE - PORT: . . . . . (Optional) 40 FILTER - CASE DRAIN (ATTACHMENT)
3500 PSI (241 Bar)
10 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 41 CHECK VALVE - BICS CONTROL VALVE
CONTROL VALVE - FLOW CONTROL 26 RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH
SPOOL PRESSURE: 5000 PSI (345 Bar) 42 RESTRICTION
11 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 27 PRESSURE SWITCH 43 RESTRICTOR - 0.120 inch (3,0 mm) (For
CONTROL VALVE - UNLOADING S/N 523211001 - 523211695 and S/N
SPOOL 28 RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE: 523311001 - 523311009)
120 degrees F. (53 degrees C.)Fluid RESTRICTOR - 0.089 inch (2,26 mm) (For
12 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL at 1775 Pump RPM S/N 523211696 And Above and S/N
CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL 390 - 430 PSI (27 - 30 Bar) 523311010 And Above)
13 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 29 CHARGE PUMP
CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL 13.6 GPM (53.0 L/min.) at 2550 44 RESTRICTOR - 0.025 inch (0,6 mm)
14 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL Engine RPM
30 45 VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . Gear Type
20.7 GPM (78.35 L/min.)at 2550 BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC PUMP
15 PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED Engine RPM 46 RELIEF VALVE - 2000 PSI (138 Bar)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT NOTE: Unless otherwise specified
ARM BY PASS springs have NO significant
pressure value.
Printed in U.S.A. V-0321legend (4-30-04)
(REAR QUICK
FEMALE COUPLERS) MALE
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
S220 (S/N 523211001 AND ABOVE) BASE ROD REAR AUX VALVE (OPTIONAL)
(S/N 523311001 AND ABOVE)
(PRINTED MAY 2004)
V-0321 33 34
DRIVE MOTOR INTEGRATED QUICK COUPLER BLOCK
35
36 MALE
38
53 (FRONT AUXILIARY
31 32 62 39
LEFT SIDE LIFT ARM)
MALE
37 39
FEMALE
POUT PIN T
HYDRAULIC FILTER
3 BUCKET POSITION VALVE (OPTIONAL)
28
7
6
52 C
CHARGE
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VAVLE 10
INLET
26
11
27
24 24
45 25 B
A B
26
INLET OUTLET AUXILIARY
SPOOL
30
OUTLET
29 TILT CYLINDERS
22
18 BICS CONTROL VALVE
BOB-TACH
CYLINDER
(OPTIONAL)
HYDRAULIC
POWERED A B 12
DRIVE MOTOR TILT
BOB-TACH 51
(OPTIONAL) CYLINDER
9
SPOOL
49 21
DR
18
20 17 LIFT CYLINDERS
23 13
48 46
50 A B
44 LIFT
32 47 43
31 CYLINDER
PP
SPOOL
P1 P2
5
18 42
19 14 WORKING CIRCUITS
16 PILOT CIRCUITS
DRAIN CIRCUITS
COMPONENTS
2
16 41 LIFT ARM BY PASS VALVE
15
LEGEND
1 RESERVOIR: 16 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE 31 DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE
49 CHECK VALVE - With 80 PSI (5.5 Bar)
Capacity . . . . . . . . . 21 Qts. (19.9 L) (SCREEN)
17 ONE WAY RESTRICTOR (ACS Valve Only) 32 SHUTTLE RELIEF VALVE:
2 FILTER - CASE DRAIN (90 Micron) 50 CHECK VALVE - With 0.030 (0,8 mm)
200 PSI (14 Bar)
Restrictor And 300 PSI (21 Bar) Spring
18 LOAD CHECK VALVE 33 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
3 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 51
CONTROL VALVE - BASE RELIEF VALVE - PORT:
19 RELIEF VALVE - MAIN: 4000 PSI (276 Bar)
4 SPRING LOADED FILTER BYPASS 3250-3350 PSI (224-231 Bar) 34 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
VALVE: 45-55 PSI (3.1-3.8 Bar) 52 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
at Front Quick Couplers CONTROL VALVE - ROD
CONTROL VALVE - BUCKET POSITION
5 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 35 LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF VALVE (ON/OFF)
CONTROL VALVE - HYDRAULIC 20 RELIEF VALVE - PORT:
4000 PSI (276 Bar) 53 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
POWERED BOB-TACH 36 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC
6 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH: CONTROL VALVE - TWO COIL MOTOR
21 ANTICAVITATION VALVE
36-44 PSI (2.5-3.0 Bar) 37 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 54 HYDRAULIC BRAKE - SPRING APPLIED -
22 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - PRESSURE TO RELEASE
CONTROL VALVE - REAR AUXILIARY
7 FLOW DIVIDER ADJUSTMENT VALVE PORT (TILT BASE END)
55 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
3500 PSI (241 Bar) CONTROL VALVE - BRAKE
8 CHECK VALVE - BUCKET POSITION 38 RESTRICTOR - 0.140 inch (3,6 mm)
23 ORIFICE - LIFT BASE (Manual Valve Only)
VALVE 56 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
39 CHECK VALVE CONTROL VALVE - MAKE-UP
9 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 24 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY 57 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
40 FILTER- Brake CONTROL VALVE - TWO SPEED
MOTOR 25 RELIEF VALVE - PORT: . . . . . (Optional)
3500 PSI (241 Bar) 41 CHECK VALVE - BICS CONTROL VALVE 58 FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL
10 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL PRESSURE BLEED-OFF VALVE
CONTROL VALVE - FLOW CONTROL 26 RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH 42 RESTRICTION
SPOOL PRESSURE: 5000 PSI (345 Bar) 59 RESTRICTOR - 0.031 inch (0,8 mm)
43 FILTER - CASE DRAIN (ATTACHMENT)
11 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 27 PRESSURE SWITCH 60 RESTRICTOR - 0.120 inch (3,0 mm) (For
CONTROL VALVE - UNLOADING S/N 523211001 - 523211695 and S/N
SPOOL 28 RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE: 44 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
523311001 - 523311009)
120 degrees F. (53 degrees C.)Fluid CONTROL VALVE - TWO SPEED RESTRICTOR - 0.089 inch (2,26 mm)
12 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL at 1775 Pump RPM DRIVE MOTOR (For S/N 523211696 And Above and S/N
CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL 390 - 430 PSI (27 - 30 Bar) 45 VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 523311010 And Above)
13 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC PUMP
29 CHARGE PUMP 61 RESTRICTOR - 0.025 inch (0,6 mm)
CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL 13.6 GPM (53.0 L/min.) at 2550 46 RELIEF VALVE - 2000 PSI (138 Bar)
14 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL Engine RPM
47 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL 30 HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . Gear Type CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL)
15 PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED 20.7 GPM (78.35 L/min.) at 2550
48 RELIEF VALVE - 1200 PSI (83 Bar)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT Engine RPM NOTE: Unless otherwise specified
ARM BY PASS springs have NO significant
pressure value.
Printed in U.S.A. V-0322legend (4-30-04)
(REAR QUICK
FEMALE COUPLERS) MALE
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH TWO SPEED VALVE OPTION
S220 (S/N 523211001 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 523311001 AND ABOVE)
BASE ROD REAR AUX VALVE (OPTIONAL)
(PRINTED MAY 2004)
V-0322
TWO SPEED DRIVE MOTOR
33 34
INTEGRATED QUICK COUPLER BLOCK
31 35
32 36 MALE
38
59 (FRONT AUXILIARY
62 58
LEFT SIDE LIFT ARM)
MALE
37 58
54 44 FEMALE
POUT PIN T
53
9 HYDRAULIC FILTER
3 BUCKET POSITION VALVE (OPTIONAL)
28
7
6
52 C
CHARGE
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VAVLE 10
INLET
26
11
27
24 24
45 25 B
A B
26
INLET AUXILIARY
OUTLET
SPOOL
30
OUTLET
TWO SPEED VALVE 29 TILT CYLINDERS
22
18 BICS CONTROL VALVE
55 B
40
BOB-TACH
CYLINDER
(OPTIONAL)
40 TWO SPEED DRIVE MOTOR HYDRAULIC
POWERED A B 12
39 BOB-TACH 51 TILT
9
(OPTIONAL) CYLINDER
SPOOL
54 53 49 21
56 C DR
18
P D 44 20 LIFT CYLINDERS
17
23 13
48 46
39
A B
61 LIFT
47 60 50
PP CYLINDER
SPOOL
57
P1 P2
A 5
18 42
31 32
19 14 WORKING CIRCUITS
16 PILOT CIRCUITS
T DRAIN CIRCUITS
COMPONENTS
15
LEGEND
1 RESERVOIR: 16 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE 31 DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE 49 CHECK VALVE - With 80 PSI (5.5 Bar)
Capacity . . . . . . . . . 21 Qts. (19.9 L) (SCREEN)
17 ONE WAY RESTRICTOR (ACS Valve Only) 32 SHUTTLE RELIEF VALVE: 50 CHECK VALVE - With 0.030 (0,8 mm)
2 FILTER - CASE DRAIN (90 Micron) 200 PSI (14 Bar) Restrictor And 300 PSI (21 Bar) Spring
18 LOAD CHECK VALVE 33 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
3 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 51 RELIEF VALVE - PORT:
CONTROL VALVE - BASE
19 RELIEF VALVE - MAIN: 4000 PSI (276 Bar)
4 SPRING LOADED FILTER BYPASS 3250-3350 PSI (224-231 Bar) 34 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 52 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
VALVE: 45-55 PSI (3.1-3.8 Bar) at Front Quick Couplers CONTROL VALVE - ROD CONTROL VALVE - BUCKET POSITION
5 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 35 LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF VALVE (ON/OFF)
CONTROL VALVE - HYDRAULIC 20 RELIEF VALVE - PORT:
53 DUMP VALVE (ON/OFF)
POWERED BOB-TACH 4000 PSI (276 Bar)
36 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
6 CONTROL VALVE - TWO COIL 54 RELIEF VALVE - 3300 PSI (228 Bar)
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH: 21 ANTICAVITATION VALVE
36-44 PSI (2.5-3.0 Bar) 37 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
22 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - 55 RESTRICTOR - 0.031 inch (0,8 mm)
7 FLOW DIVIDER ADJUSTMENT VALVE PORT (TILT BASE END) CONTROL VALVE - REAR AUXILIARY
3500 PSI (241 Bar) 56 RESTRICTOR - 0.120 inch (3,0 mm) (For
8 CHECK VALVE - BUCKET POSITION 38 RESTRICTOR - 0.140 inch (3,6 mm) S/N 523211001 - 523211695 and S/N
23 ORIFICE - LIFT BASE (Manual Valve Only)
VALVE 523311001 - 523311009)
39 FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL RESTRICTOR - 0.089 inch (2,26 mm)
9 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 24 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL PRESSURE BLEED-OFF VALVE (For S/N 523211696 And Above and S/N
BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY 523311010 And Above)
40 FILTER - CASE DRAIN (ATTACHMENT)
MOTOR 25 RELIEF VALVE - PORT: . . . . . (Optional)
57 RESTRICTOR - 0.025 inch (0,6 mm)
3500 PSI (241 Bar) 41 CHECK VALVE - BICS CONTROL VALVE
10 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - FLOW CONTROL 26 RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH 42 RESTRICTION
SPOOL PRESSURE: 5000 PSI (345 Bar)
43 AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC PUMP
11 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 27 PRESSURE SWITCH 10 GPM (37.85 L/min.) at 2550
CONTROL VALVE - UNLOADING
Engine RPM
SPOOL 28 RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE:
120 degrees F. (53 degrees C.)Fluid 44 RELIEF VALVE - 3300 PSI (228 Bar)
12 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL at 1775 Pump RPM
CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL 390 - 430 PSI (27 - 30 Bar) 45 VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
13 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 29 CHARGE PUMP BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC PUMP
CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL 13.6 GPM (53.0 L/min.) at 2550 46 RELIEF VALVE - 2000 PSI (138 Bar)
14 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL Engine RPM
47 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL 30 HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . Gear Type CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL)
15 PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED 20.7 GPM (78.35 L/min.) at 2550
48 RELIEF VALVE - 1200 PSI (83 Bar)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT Engine RPM NOTE: Unless otherwise specified
ARM BY PASS springs have NO significant
pressure value.
Printed in U.S.A. V-0323legend (4-30-04)
(REAR QUICK
FEMALE COUPLERS) MALE
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH HIGH FLOW OPTION BASE ROD REAR AUX VALVE (OPTIONAL)
S220 (S/N 523211001 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 523311001 AND ABOVE)
(PRINTED MAY 2004)
V-0323 33 34
DRIVE MOTOR INTEGRATED QUICK COUPLER BLOCK
35
36 MALE
38
55 (FRONT AUXILIARY
31 32 62 39
LEFT SIDE LIFT ARM)
MALE
37 39
FEMALE
POUT PIN T
HYDRAULIC FILTER
3 BUCKET POSITION VALVE (OPTIONAL)
28
7
6
52 C
CHARGE
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VAVLE 10
INLET
26
11
27
24 24
45 25 B
A B
26
INLET OUTLET AUXILIARY
SPOOL
30
OUTLET
29 TILT CYLINDERS
22
OUTLET BICS CONTROL VALVE
18
53
43
44
54
BOB-TACH
CYLINDER
(OPTIONAL)
HYDRAULIC
POWERED A B 12
DRIVE MOTOR TILT
BOB-TACH 51
(OPTIONAL) CYLINDER
9
SPOOL
49 21
DR
18
20 LIFT CYLINDERS
17
23 13
48 46
A B
57 LIFT
32 47 56 50
31 CYLINDER
PP
SPOOL
P1 P2
5
18 42
19 14 WORKING CIRCUITS
16 PILOT CIRCUITS
DRAIN CIRCUITS
COMPONENTS
2
16 41 LIFT ARM BY PASS VALVE
15
33 34
INTEGRATED QUICK COUPLER BLOCK
31 35
32 36 MALE
38
63 (FRONT AUXILIARY
62 58
LEFT SIDE LIFT ARM)
MALE
37 58
54 44 FEMALE
POUT PIN T
53
9 HYDRAULIC FILTER
3 BUCKET POSITION VALVE (OPTIONAL)
28
7
6
52 C
CHARGE
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VAVLE 10
INLET
26
11
27
24 24
45 25 B
A B
26
INLET AUXILIARY
OUTLET
SPOOL
30
OUTLET
TWO SPEED VALVE 29 TILT CYLINDERS
22
OUTLET BICS CONTROL VALVE
18
55 B 61
40 43
60
62
BOB-TACH
CYLINDER
(OPTIONAL)
40 TWO SPEED DRIVE MOTOR HYDRAULIC
POWERED A B 12
39 BOB-TACH 51 TILT
9
(OPTIONAL) CYLINDER
SPOOL
54 53 49 21
56 C DR
18
P D 44 20 LIFT CYLINDERS
17
23 13
48 46
39
A B
65 LIFT
47 64 50
PP CYLINDER
SPOOL
57
P1 P2
A 5
18 42
31 32
19 14 WORKING CIRCUITS
16 PILOT CIRCUITS
T DRAIN CIRCUITS
COMPONENTS
15
LEGEND
1 RESERVOIR: 16 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE 31 DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE 50 CHECK VALVE - With 300 PSI (20,7 Bar)
Capacity . . . . . . . . 21 Qts. (19.9 L) (SCREEN) Spring and 0.016 inch (0,40 mm) orifice
32 SHUTTLE RELIEF VALVE:
2 FILTER - CASE DRAIN (90 Micron) 17 ONE WAY RESTRICTOR 51 ORIFICE - With 0.025 inch (0,64 mm)
200 PSI (13,8 Bar)
3 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 18 LOAD CHECK VALVE 33 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 52 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - Base CONTROL VALVE - HYDRAULIC
4 SPRING LOADED FILTER BYPASS POWERED BOB-TACH
19 RELIEF VALVE - MAIN: 34 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
VALVE: 45-55 PSI (3,1-3,8 Bar)
at Front Quick Couplers CONTROL VALVE - Rod 53 FILTER - CASE DRAIN (ATTACHMENT)
5 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
3250-3350 PSI (224-231 Bar)
CONTROL VALVE - BUCKET POSITION 35 LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF 54 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
VALVE (ON/OFF) 20 RELIEF VALVE - PORT:
CONTROL VALVE - BRAKE
6 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH: 4000 PSI (275 Bar) 36 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 55 HYDRAULIC BRAKE - SPRING APPLIED -
36-44 PSI (2,5-3,0 Bar) 21 ANTICAVITATION VALVE CONTROL VALVE - (Two Coil) PRESSURE RELEASE
7 FLOW DIVIDER ADJUSTMENT VALVE
22 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - 37 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 56 ORIFICE - With 0.089 inch (2,26 mm)
8 CHECK VALVE - BUCKET POSITION PORT (TILT BASE END) CONTROL VALVE - REAR AUXILIARY
VALVE 3500 PSI (241 Bar) 57 DISPLACEMENT CONTROL VALVE
38 ORIFICE - With 0.140 inch (3,6 mm)
9 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 23 RELIEF VALVE - PORT:
58 PUMP SERVO
BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC 4000 PSI (275 Bar)
39 RELIEF VALVE - PORT:
MOTOR 24 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 59 PRESSURE CONTROL PILOT VALVE
3000 PSI (207 Bar)
10 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY (2 COILS) 0 - 0.085 Ampere
CONTROL VALVE - FLOW CONTROL 40 ORIFICE - With 0.031 inch (0,79 mm)
25 RELIEF VALVE - PORT: . . . . . (Optional)
SPOOL 3500 PSI (241 Bar)
41 CHECK VALVE - BICS CONTROL VALVE
11 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 26 RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH
CONTROL VALVE - UNLOADING PRESSURE: 5220 PSI (345 Bar) 42 RESTRICTION
SPOOL
27 PRESSURE SWITCH 43 CHECK VALVE
12 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 28 RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE: 44 FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL
CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL
120 degrees F. (53 degrees C.)Fluid
PRESSURE BLEED-OFF VALVE
13 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL at High Engine Idle
CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL 330 - 360 PSI (22,7 - 24,8 Bar) 45 VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
29 CHARGE PUMP: BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC PUMP
14 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 11.1 GPM (42 L/min) (for each
CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL 46 RELIEF VALVE - 2000 PSI (138 Bar)
pump) at High Engine Idle
15 PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED 47 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT 30 HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . . . Gear Type CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL)
ARM BY PASS 20.7 GPM (78,4 L/min) at 48 RELIEF VALVE - 1200 PSI (83 Bar)
High Engine Idle
49 CHECK VALVE - With 80 PSI (5,5 Bar)
Spring NOTE: Unless otherwise specified
springs have NO significant
pressure value.
DRIVE MOTOR
31 32 INTEGRATED QUICK COUPLER BLOCK
33 34
MALE
35
36
55
38
44
MALE (FRONT AUXILIARY
40
9 39 44 LEFT SIDE LIFT ARM)
HYDROSTATIC M2 M1 37
PUMP
26 26 FEMALE
P-OUT P-IN T
28
CHARGE
M3 HYDRAULIC FILTER
INLET
3
29 BUCKET POSITION VALVE (OPTIONAL)
OIL
M4 4 D
COOLER
8
45
M CASE
58
5 DRAIN
7
6
57
Control
A
Module
(EDC) 5 C
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE 10
59 X2
X1 27
Control X2 X1 11
Module 59
(EDC)
24 24
25 B
HYDROSTATIC A B
PUMP
BOB-TACH
CYLINDER
57 (OPTIONAL) AUXILIARY
SPOOL
M4
M 18
5 TILT CYLINDERS
58 22
45 HYDRAULIC BICS CONTROL VALVE
POWERED
CHARGE BOB-TACH
29 M3 (OPTIONAL)
INLET M3
26 26
49
CASE
28 DRAIN
A B 12
M2 23 TILT
M1 50 CYLINDER
DR 48 46 SPOOL
51
21
47 56
PP 18
HYD
BRAK PUMP 20 LIFT CYLINDERS
E 17
OUTLET P1 P2
VALVE 30 52 13
54
A B
LIFT
CYLINDER
SPOOL
DRIVE MOTOR
9 43
18 42
2 53
19 14 WORKING CIRCUITS
16 PILOT CIRCUITS
DRAIN CIRCUITS
COMPONENTS
16 41
31 32
55 15
LEGEND
1 RESERVOIR: 18 LOAD CHECK VALVE 34 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 53 FILTER - CASE DRAIN (ATTACHMENT)
Capacity . . . . . . . . 21 Qts. (19.9 L) CONTROL VALVE - Rod
2 FILTER - CASE DRAIN (90 Micron) 19 RELIEF VALVE - MAIN: 54 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
35 LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF
at Front Quick Couplers CONTROL VALVE - BRAKE
3 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 55 HYDRAULIC BRAKE - SPRING APPLIED
3250-3350 PSI (224-231 Bar)
36 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
4 SPRING LOADED FILTER BYPASS - PRESSURE RELEASE
20 RELIEF VALVE - PORT: CONTROL VALVE - (Two Coil)
VALVE: 45-55 PSI (3,1-3,8 Bar) 4000 PSI (275 Bar) 56 ORIFICE - With 0.089 inch (2,26 mm)
5 37 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 21 ANTICAVITATION VALVE 57
CONTROL VALVE - REAR AUXILIARY DISPLACEMENT CONTROL VALVE
CONTROL VALVE - BUCKET POSITION
VALVE (ON/OFF) 22 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - 38 ORIFICE - With 0.140 inch (3,6 mm) 58 PUMP SERVO
6 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH: PORT (TILT BASE END)
36-44 PSI (2,5-3,0 Bar) 3500 PSI (241 Bar) 39 RELIEF VALVE - PORT: 59 PRESSURE CONTROL PILOT VALVE
7 23 RELIEF VALVE - PORT: 3000 PSI (207 Bar) (2 COILS) 0 - 0.085 Ampere
FLOW DIVIDER ADJUSTMENT VALVE
4000 PSI (276 Bar)
8 40 ORIFICE - With 0.031 inch (0,79 mm) 60 FILTER (BRAKE)
CHECK VALVE - BUCKET POSITION 24 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
VALVE CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY 61 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
41 CHECK VALVE - BICS CONTROL VALVE
9 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 25 RELIEF VALVE - PORT: . . . . . (Optional) CONTROL VALVE - MAKE-UP
BI-DIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC 3500 PSI (241 Bar) 42 RESTRICTION 62 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
MOTOR
26 RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH 43 CHECK VALVE CONTROL VALVE - 2 SPEED
10 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
PRESSURE: 5220 PSI (345 Bar)
CONTROL VALVE - FLOW CONTROL 63 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
27 44 FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL
SPOOL PRESSURE SWITCH CONTROL VALVE - 2 SPEED
PRESSURE BLEED-OFF VALVE
11 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 28 RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE: 64 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
CONTROL VALVE - UNLOADING 120 degrees F. (53 degrees C.)Fluid 45 VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
BI-DIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC
SPOOL at High Engine Idle BI-DIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC
MOTOR
330 - 360 PSI (22,7 - 24,8 Bar) PUMP
46 RELIEF VALVE - 2000 PSI (138 Bar)
12 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL 29 CHARGE PUMP:
47 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
11.1 GPM (42 L/min) (for each
pump) at High Engine Idle CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL)
13 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL 48 RELIEF VALVE - 1200 PSI (83 Bar)
30 HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . . . Gear Type
14 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 49 CHECK VALVE - With 80 PSI (5,5 Bar)
20.7 GPM (78,4 L/min) at
CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL Spring
High Engine Idle
15 PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED 31 DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE 50 CHECK VALVE - With 300 PSI (20,7 Bar)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT Spring and 0.016 inch (0,40 mm) orifice
ARM BY PASS 32 SHUTTLE RELIEF VALVE: 51 ORIFICE - With 0.025 inch (0,64 mm)
16 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE 200 PSI (13,8 Bar)
(SCREEN) 33 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 52 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - Base CONTROL VALVE - HYDRAULIC NOTE: Unless otherwise specified
17 ONE WAY RESTRICTOR POWERED BOB-TACH springs have NO significant
pressure value.
63 38
44
55 64 MALE (FRONT AUXILIARY
40
39 44 LEFT SIDE LIFT ARM)
9
37
M2 M1
26 HYDROSTATIC
26 FEMALE
PUMP
P-OUT P-IN T
CHARGE 28
INLET M3 HYDRAULIC FILTER
3
29 BUCKET POSITION VALVE (OPTIONAL)
OIL
M4 4 D
COOLER
8
45
M CASE
58
5 DRAIN
7
6
57
Control
A
Module
(EDC) 5 C
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE 10
59 X2
X1 27
Control X2 X1 11
Module 59
(EDC)
24 24
25 B
HYDROSTATIC A B
PUMP
BOB-TACH
CYLINDER
57 (OPTIONAL) AUXILIARY
SPOOL
M4
18
M TILT CYLINDERS
58 22
5 45 HYDRAULIC BICS CONTROL VALVE
POWERED
CHARGE BOB-TACH
INLET 29 M3 (OPTIONAL)
TWO SPEED VALVE
26 26
B 49
54
60 CASE
28 DRAIN
A B 12
M2 23 TILT
M1 50 CYLINDER
DR 48 46 SPOOL
51
60 HYD 21
PUMP 47 56 18
43
PP
OUTLET LIFT CYLINDERS
20 17
P1 P2
61 30 52 13
C
A B
D LIFT
CYLINDER
SPOOL
62 P 9 2 SPEED
DRIVE MOTOR
64
43 18 42
63
A 2 53
19 14
16
T
16 41
55 32 31
15
LEGEND
1 RESERVOIR: 16 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE 31 DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE 50 CHECK VALVE - With 300 PSI (20,7 Bar)
Capacity . . . . . . . . 21 Qts. (19.9 L) (SCREEN) Spring and 0.016 inch (0,40 mm) orifice
32 SHUTTLE RELIEF VALVE:
2 FILTER - CASE DRAIN (90 Micron) 17 ONE WAY RESTRICTOR 51 ORIFICE - With 0.025 inch (0,64 mm)
200 PSI (13,8 Bar)
3 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 18 LOAD CHECK VALVE 33 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 52 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - Base CONTROL VALVE - HYDRAULIC
4 SPRING LOADED FILTER BYPASS POWERED BOB-TACH
19 RELIEF VALVE - MAIN: 34 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
VALVE: 45-55 PSI (3,1-3,8 Bar)
at Front Quick Couplers CONTROL VALVE - Rod 53 FILTER - CASE DRAIN (ATTACHMENT)
5 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
3250-3350 PSI (224-231 Bar)
CONTROL VALVE - BUCKET POSITION 35 LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF 54 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
VALVE (ON/OFF) 20 RELIEF VALVE - PORT:
CONTROL VALVE - BRAKE
6 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH: 4000 PSI (276 Bar) 36 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 55 HYDRAULIC BRAKE - SPRING APPLIED
36-44 PSI (2,5-3,0 Bar) 21 ANTICAVITATION VALVE CONTROL VALVE - (Two Coil) - PRESSURE RELEASE
7 FLOW DIVIDER ADJUSTMENT VALVE
22 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - 37 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 56 ORIFICE - With 0.089 inch (2,26 mm)
8 CHECK VALVE - BUCKET POSITION PORT (TILT BASE END) CONTROL VALVE - REAR AUXILIARY
VALVE 3500 PSI (241 Bar) 57 DISPLACEMENT CONTROL VALVE
38 ORIFICE - With 0.140 inch (3,6 mm)
9 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 23 RELIEF VALVE - PORT:
58 PUMP SERVO
BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC 4000 PSI (275 Bar)
39 RELIEF VALVE - PORT:
MOTOR 24 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 59 PRESSURE CONTROL PILOT VALVE
3000 PSI (207 Bar)
10 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY (2 COILS) 0 - 0.085 Ampere
CONTROL VALVE - FLOW CONTROL 40 ORIFICE - With 0.031 inch (0,79 mm)
25 RELIEF VALVE - PORT: . . . . . (Optional) 60 AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC PUMP
SPOOL 3500 PSI (241 Bar)
41 CHECK VALVE - BICS CONTROL VALVE 10.5 GPM (39,7 L/min) at
11 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 26 RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH 2550 engine RPM
CONTROL VALVE - UNLOADING PRESSURE: 5220 PSI (345 Bar) 42 RESTRICTION
SPOOL 61 RELIEF VALVE - PORT:
27 PRESSURE SWITCH 43 CHECK VALVE 3300 PSI (228 Bar)
12 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 28 RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE: 44 FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL 62 DUMP VALVE - ON/OFF
CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL
120 degrees F. (53 degrees C.)Fluid
PRESSURE BLEED-OFF VALVE
13 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL at High Engine Idle 63 CHECK VALVE
CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL 330 - 360 PSI (22,7 - 24,8 Bar) 45 VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
29 CHARGE PUMP: BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC PUMP
14 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 11.1 GPM (42 L/min) (for each
CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL 46 RELIEF VALVE - 2000 PSI (138 Bar)
pump) at High Engine Idle
15 PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED 47 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT 30 HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . . . Gear Type CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL)
ARM BY PASS 20.7 GPM (78,4 L/min) at 48 RELIEF VALVE - 1200 PSI (83 Bar)
High Engine Idle
49 CHECK VALVE - With 80 PSI (5,5 Bar)
Spring NOTE: Unless otherwise specified
springs have NO significant
pressure value.
DRIVE MOTOR
31 32 INTEGRATED QUICK COUPLER BLOCK
33 34
MALE
35
36
55
38
44
MALE (FRONT AUXILIARY
40
9 39 44 LEFT SIDE LIFT ARM)
HYDROSTATIC M2 M1 37
PUMP
26 26 FEMALE
P-OUT P-IN T
28
CHARGE
M3 HYDRAULIC FILTER
INLET
3
29 BUCKET POSITION VALVE (OPTIONAL)
OIL
M4 4 D
COOLER
8
45
M CASE
58
5 DRAIN
7
6
57
Control
A
Module
(EDC) 5 C
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE 10
59 X2
X1 27
Control X2 X1 11
Module 59
(EDC)
24 24
25 B
HYDROSTATIC A B
PUMP
BOB-TACH
CYLINDER
57 (OPTIONAL) AUXILIARY
SPOOL
M4
M 18
5 TILT CYLINDERS
58 22
45 HYDRAULIC BICS CONTROL VALVE
POWERED
CHARGE BOB-TACH
29 M3 (OPTIONAL)
INLET M3
26 26
49
CASE
28 DRAIN
A B 12
M2 23 TILT
M1 50 CYLINDER
DR 48 46 SPOOL
HYD 51
PUMP OUTLET 21
47 56
30 PP 18
BRAK OUTLET LIFT CYLINDERS
20 17
E P1 P2
VALVE 62 52 13
60
54 63
61 A B
LIFT
CYLINDER
SPOOL
DRIVE MOTOR
9 43
18 42
2 53
19 14 WORKING CIRCUITS
16 PILOT CIRCUITS
DRAIN CIRCUITS
COMPONENTS
16 41
31 32
55 15
LEGEND
1 RESERVOIR: 18 LOAD CHECK VALVE 34 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 53 FILTER - CASE DRAIN (ATTACHMENT)
Capacity . . . . . . . . 21 Qts. (19.9 L) CONTROL VALVE - Rod
2 FILTER - CASE DRAIN (90 Micron) 19 RELIEF VALVE - MAIN: 54 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
35 LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF
at Front Quick Couplers CONTROL VALVE - BRAKE
3 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 55 HYDRAULIC BRAKE - SPRING APPLIED
3250-3350 PSI (224-231 Bar)
36 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
4 SPRING LOADED FILTER BYPASS - PRESSURE RELEASE
20 RELIEF VALVE - PORT: CONTROL VALVE - (Two Coil)
VALVE: 45-55 PSI (3,1-3,8 Bar) 4000 PSI (275 Bar) 56 ORIFICE - With 0.089 inch (2,26 mm)
5 37 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 21 ANTICAVITATION VALVE 57
CONTROL VALVE - REAR AUXILIARY DISPLACEMENT CONTROL VALVE
CONTROL VALVE - BUCKET POSITION
VALVE (ON/OFF) 22 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - 38 ORIFICE - With 0.140 inch (3,6 mm) 58 PUMP SERVO
6 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH: PORT (TILT BASE END)
36-44 PSI (2,5-3,0 Bar) 3500 PSI (241 Bar) 39 RELIEF VALVE - PORT: 59 PRESSURE CONTROL PILOT VALVE
7 23 RELIEF VALVE - PORT: 3000 PSI (207 Bar) (2 COILS) 0 - 0.085 Ampere
FLOW DIVIDER ADJUSTMENT VALVE
4000 PSI (275 Bar)
8 40 ORIFICE - With 0.031 inch (0,79 mm) 60 AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC PUMP
CHECK VALVE - BUCKET POSITION 24 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
VALVE 10.5 GPM (39,7 L/min) at
CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY 41 CHECK VALVE - BICS CONTROL VALVE 2550 engine RPM
9 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 25 RELIEF VALVE - PORT: . . . . . (Optional)
BI-DIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC 3500 PSI (241 Bar) 42 RESTRICTION 61 RELIEF VALVE - PORT:
MOTOR 3300 PSI (228 Bar)
26 RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH 43 CHECK VALVE
10 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
PRESSURE: 5220 PSI (345 Bar) 62
CONTROL VALVE - FLOW CONTROL DUMP VALVE - ON/OFF
27 44 FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL
SPOOL PRESSURE SWITCH
PRESSURE BLEED-OFF VALVE 63 CHECK VALVE
11 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 28 RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE:
CONTROL VALVE - UNLOADING 120 degrees F. (53 degrees C.)Fluid 45 VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 64 FILTER (BRAKE)
SPOOL at High Engine Idle BI-DIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC
PUMP 65 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
330 - 360 PSI (22,7 - 24,8 Bar) 46 RELIEF VALVE - 2000 PSI (138 Bar)
12 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - MAKE-UP
CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL 29 CHARGE PUMP:
47 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 66 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
11.1 GPM (42 L/min) (for each
pump) at High Engine Idle CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL) CONTROL VALVE - 2 SPEED
13 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL 48 RELIEF VALVE - 1200 PSI (83 Bar)
67 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
30 HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . . . Gear Type CONTROL VALVE - 2 SPEED
14 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 49 CHECK VALVE - With 80 PSI (5,5 Bar)
20.7 GPM (78,4 L/min) at
CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL Spring
High Engine Idle 68 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
15 PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED 31 DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE 50 CHECK VALVE - With 300 PSI (20,7 Bar) BI-DIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT Spring and 0.016 inch (0,40 mm) orifice MOTOR
ARM BY PASS 32 SHUTTLE RELIEF VALVE: 51 ORIFICE - With 0.025 inch (0,64 mm)
16 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE 200 PSI (13,8 Bar)
(SCREEN) 33 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 52 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - Base CONTROL VALVE - HYDRAULIC NOTE: Unless otherwise specified
17 ONE WAY RESTRICTOR POWERED BOB-TACH springs have NO significant
pressure value.
67 38
44
55 68 MALE (FRONT AUXILIARY
40
39 44 LEFT SIDE LIFT ARM)
9
37
M2 M1
26 HYDROSTATIC
26 FEMALE
PUMP
P-OUT P-IN T
CHARGE 28
INLET M3 HYDRAULIC FILTER
3
29 BUCKET POSITION VALVE (OPTIONAL)
OIL
M4 4 D
COOLER
8
45
M CASE
58
5 DRAIN
7
6
57
Control
A
Module
(EDC) 5 C
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE 10
59 X2
X1 27
Control X2 X1 11
Module 59
(EDC)
24 24
25 B
HYDROSTATIC A B
PUMP
BOB-TACH
CYLINDER
57 (OPTIONAL) AUXILIARY
SPOOL
M4
18
M TILT CYLINDERS
58 22
5 45 HYDRAULIC BICS CONTROL VALVE
POWERED
CHARGE BOB-TACH
INLET 29 M3 (OPTIONAL)
TWO SPEED VALVE
26 26
B 49
54
64 CASE
28 DRAIN
A B 12
M2 23 TILT
M1 50 CYLINDER
DR 48 46 SPOOL
HYD 51
64 PUMP OUTLET 21
47 56
43 18
30 PP
OUTLET LIFT CYLINDERS
20 17
62 P1 P2
65 52 13
C 60
63
61 A B
D LIFT
CYLINDER
SPOOL
66 P 9 2 SPEED
DRIVE MOTOR
68
43 18 42
67
A 2 53
19 14
16
T
16 41
55 32 31
15
Troubleshooting
WARNING
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting problems which are Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs
most common. Many of the recommended procedures or service. Failure to make correct repairs or
must be done by authorized Bobcat service personnel adjustments can cause injury or death.
only. W-2004-1285
PROBLEM CAUSE
The hydraulic system will not operate. 1, 2, 3, 5, 8
The transmission warning light comes ON when hydraulics are operating. 1, 3
Slow hydraulic system action. 1, 3, 4, 6, 8
Hydraulic action is not smooth. 1, 4, 5, 6, 7
Lift arms go up slowly at full engine RPM. 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9
The lift arms or Bob-Tach will move when the pedal is in neutral position. 4
The lift arms come down with the pedal in the neutral position. 4, 9, 10, 11
By-pass valve stuck. 12
By-pass valve stem bent or broke. 13
Tightening Procedure
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
1
P-43776
Lower the lift arms. Stop the engine. Raise the seat bar.
WARNING
Hydraulic fluid escaping under pressure can have P-43776
sufficient force to enter a person’s body by
penetrating the skin. This can cause serious injury
Disconnect both hydraulic hoses from the cylinder (Item
and possibly death if proper medical treatment by a
1) [Figure 20-20-3]. Cap and plug the fittings and hoses.
physician familiar with this injury is not received
immediately.
W-2145-0290
Figure 20-20-4
Figure 20-20-2
2 1
P-43780
Figure 20-20-5
1
P-43779
P-43778
Parts Identification
1. Case 9. Spacer
2. Piston 10. Washer
3. Head 11. O-ring
4. Rod 12. Seal
5. O-ring 13. Seal
6. Nut 14. Plug
7. Seal 15. O-ring
8. O-ring 16. Tubeline
7 4
14 15
TS-1060a
1
13
16
3
11
10
12
14 15
TS-1060b PE1519A
Disassembly
2
Use the following tools to disassemble the cylinder:
Hold the hydraulic cylinder over a drain pan and move the
rod in and out slowly to remove the fluid from the cylinder.
1
Remove the seal (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-
20-10] from the piston.
Figure 20-20-11
1
P-48033
Figure 20-20-9 2
4
3
2
P-48039
1
Remove the two O-rings (Item 1) and the back-up washer
(Item 2) [Figure 20-20-11] from the cylinder head.
P-48036
Remove the nut (Item 1), piston (Item 2), spacer (Item 3)
and head (Item 4) [Figure 20-20-9].
1 Figure 20-20-14
P-48040
Install the new seal on the tool and slowly stretch it until it
fits the piston [Figure 20-20-14].
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 20-20-15
1
2
P7425
P-48041 P-48042
Install the wiper seal, with the wiper side of the seal (Item
1) toward the outside of the head (Item 2) [Figure 20-20-
P-48043 P7427 18].
Install the rod seal on the rod seal tool [Figure 20-20-16].
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 20-20-19
1
2 3
P-48036
Install the head (Item 1), spacer (Item 2) piston (Item 3),
and nut (Item 4) [Figure 20-20-19].
Figure 20-20-20
P-48035
Figure 20-21-3
P-31369
WARNING P-31371
1
2
1
P-31372
P-31370
Figure 20-21-5
1
P-31374
Figure 20-21-8
Disconnect the two hydraulic hoses (Items 1 & 2) [Figure
20-21-5] from the tilt cylinder.
Figure 20-21-6
P-31375
Slide the cylinder from the base pin and remove the tilt
cylinder from the loader [Figure 20-21-8].
P-31373
Figure 20-21-9
P-31378
1
Check pivot pin and replace as needed [Figure 20-21-
P-31376 11].
Remove the tilt cylinder from the cylinder base pin (Item
1) [Figure 20-21-9]. (See Removal And Installation on
Page 20-21-1.)
Figure 20-21-10
P-31377
Parts Identification
1. Case 9. O-ring
2. Piston 10. Washer
3. Head 11. O-ring
4. Rod 12. Seal
5. Bushing 13. Seal
6. Nut 14. Plug
7. O-ring 15. O-ring
8. Seal 16. Tubeline TS-1688b
12
9
1
15
10
14
16
11
15 6
3
14
2 13
4
8
TS-1688a PE1520A
Disassembly
2
Use the following tools to disassemble the cylinder:
Hold the hydraulic cylinder over a drain pan and move the
rod in and out slowly to remove the fluid from the cylinder.
Figure 20-21-12
P-48073
Figure 20-21-15
2
P-48034
Figure 20-21-13
P-48039
3
2 Remove the two O-rings (Item 1) and the back-up washer
(Item 2) [Figure 20-21-15] from the cylinder head.
1
P-48071
Remove the nut (Item 1), piston (Item 2) and head (Item
3) [Figure 20-21-13].
1 Figure 20-21-18
P-48040
Install the new seal on the tool and slowly stretch it until it
fits the piston [Figure 20-21-18].
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 20-21-19
P7425
P-48041 P-48042
Install the wiper seal, with the wiper side of the seal (Item
1) toward the outside of the head (Item 2) [Figure 20-21-
P-48043 P7427 22].
Install the rod seal on the rod seal tool [Figure 20-21-20].
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 20-21-23
1
1
2
P-48070
Install the head (Item 1), piston (Item 2) and nut (Item 3)
[Figure 20-21-23].
Figure 20-21-24
P-48088 P-48089
Checking
WARNING
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece or cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do 2
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid 1
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0496 P-31381
Figure 20-22-1 Install a plug in the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-22-3] and
tighten.
Engage the parking brake. Lower the seat bar. Start the
engine.
P-31379
WARNING
Tilt the Bob-Tach forward, so it is parallel to the floor Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
[Figure 20-22-1]. sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
Figure 20-22-2 explosion or fire which can result in injury or death.
W-2103-1285
P-31380
Figure 20-22-4
1 1
P-31379
Disconnect the hoses from the rod and base end cylinder
fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-22-4].
Figure 20-22-5
1
1
P-31382
Parts Identification
1. Cylinder 8. Ring
2. Nut 9. O-ring
3. Piston 10. Head
4. O-ring 11. Seal
5. Ring 12. Seal
6. Spacer 13. Rod
7. O-ring
2 3
4
5
6
7
8 9
10
11
12
13
B-16207
Disassembly 3 2 1
Figure 20-22-6
1 P16295
Figure 20-22-9
Use the following tools to disassemble the cylinder:
Hold the hydraulic cylinder over a drain pan and move the
2
rod in and out slowly to remove the fluid from the cylinder.
1
Put the base end of the cylinder in a vise.
Figure 20-22-7
N-20611
2
4 3 1
Remove the wiper seal (Item 1), and rod seal (Item 2),
the back up washer (Item 3), the thin O-ring (Item 4), and
the thick O-ring (Item 5) [Figure 20-22-9] from the head.
P16294
Remove the nut (Item 1), piston (Item 2), spacer (Item 3),
and head (Item 4) [Figure 20-22-7] from the rod.
Assembly
3 1
2
Figure 20-22-10
P16295
Install the new seal on the tool and slowly stretch it until it
fits the piston [Figure 20-22-10]. N-20612
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 20-22-13
2
3
P7422
3
2 4
1
P7425
P16294
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 20-22-17
P16293
2
1
B-15551
P-31821
Start the engine and run at low engine idle RPM. Push
The tools listed will be needed to do the following the mode switch (Item 1) (on the instrument panel) two
procedure: times to engage the front auxiliary hydraulics, the lights
(Item 2) [Figure 20-30-2] will come ON.
MEL10003 - Hydraulic Tester
MEL10006 - Hydraulic Test Kit Figure 20-30-3
IMPORTANT 1 P13254
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open Press the front switch (Item 1) [Figure 20-30-3] for fluid
position before you start the engine. flow to the quick couplers.
I-2024-0284
Watch the flow meter on the hydraulic tester to make sure
the flow is correct. Increase the engine speed to full
RPM.
WARNING Record the GPM and refer to the hydraulic schematic for
the correct GPM for the model and serial number of your
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners loader. Turn the restrictor control, on the tester, until the
of the frame before running the engine for service. main relief valve opens. The correct pressure for the
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to main relief is 3300 PSI (22753 kPa).
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
Figure 20-30-4
CD-15092
1
Remove the O-rings and back-up washers from the main
N-20039 relief valve [Figure 20-30-6].
1
1
P-43927
P-43927
Installation: Tighten the main relief valve to 35-40 ft.-lb. NOTE: If the correct pressure can not be reached,
(47-54 N•m) torque. replace the main relief valve. Check the
pressure setting of the new relief valve.
Figure 20-31-2
1 2
P-31821
2
The tools listed will be needed to do the following
procedure:
IMPORTANT Right
Steering
Lever
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open Control
position before you start the engine.
I-2024-0284
P13254
Figure 20-31-4
Loosen and remove the main relief valve (Item 1) [Figure
20-31-5].
Figure 20-31-6
N-20039
Adjustment
Figure 20-31-7
N-23265
Figure 20-32-2
1 2
P-31821 2
WARNING
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open
position before you start the engine.
I-2024-0284
Figure 20-32-5
Push the button (Item 1) [Figure 20-32-3] for fluid flow to
the quick couplers.
2
Watch the flow meter on the hydraulic tester to make sure
the flow is correct. Increase the engine speed to full
RPM.
N-19112
Figure 20-32-6
N-23265
CD-15092 If the pressure is not correct, adjust the main relief valve.
Remove the end cap (Item 2) [Figure 20-32-5] .
Remove the O-rings and back-up washers from the main Turn the adjusting screw (Item 1) [Figure 20-32-7] in or
relief valve [Figure 20-32-6]. out until the pressure is correct. Turning screw in will
increase pressure.
Clean the main relief valve in clean solvent. Use air
pressure to dry the valve. NOTE: If the correct pressure can not be reached,
replace the main relief valve. Check the
Install new O-rings and back-up washers. Install the main pressure setting of the new relief valve.
relief valve and tighten [Figure 20-32-4]. Check the
pressure again. (See Removal and Installation on Page
20-32-2.)
Removal And Installation The fixed end main valve hose assembly (Item 1) [Figure
20-40-1] is connected to a fixed end fitting on the control
valve. The hose is routed to the upright where the hose is
connected to a fitting that feeds the base end of both lift
cylinders. The hose can only be removed by first
removing it from the tee fitting located at the rear of the
loader.
Figure 20-40-2
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death. 1
W-2059-0598
Figure 20-40-1
P-34119
Figure 20-40-3
P-37098
Figure 20-40-4
1
2
P-34124
Figure 20-40-5
1
2
1
P-34125
1
Disconnect foot control linkage (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-7]
from the tilt spool on the control valve.
P-34123
Disconnect foot control linkage (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-7]
from the lift spool on the control valve.
Mark the wire connectors for proper installation.
Move the control linkages to allow clearance for the
Disconnect the three wire harness connector (Item 1) control valve removal.
[Figure 20-40-5] from auxiliary valve solenoid, and the
lift and tilt lock solenoids.
P-43930
Figure 20-40-11
Loosen the fixed end main valve hose assembly (Item 1)
[Figure 20-40-8] from the control valve.
Figure 20-40-9
P-43931
2
Figure 20-40-12
1
2
P-34131
1
Figure 20-40-13
1
2
P-34132
Disconnect the case drain hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-40- Remove the control valve from the loader.
13] and cap the fitting and plug the hose.
Figure 20-40-16
1 1
1
1
2
1
1
1
N-20035
1
Remove the four large O-rings (Item 1) and the small O-
ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-18] from the top of the control
N-20033 valve.
Install the four large O-rings (Item 1) and the small O-ring
Remove the control valve. (See Removal And Installation (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-18] on the top of the control valve.
on Page 20-40-1.)
Figure 20-40-17
N-20034
Figure 20-40-19
3
6
1
1
2
5
4
N-20040
N-20033
Remove the fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-20] from the
valve.
Install the six mounting bolts [Figure 20-40-19].
Figure 20-40-21
The chart below lists the correct torque specifications
and tightening sequence when reinstalling the BICS]
valve assembly to the control valve. Thoroughly clean
and dry bolts and threads in valve. Use liquid adhesive
LOCTITE #242 or equivalent.
Figure 20-40-22
N-18684
1
Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up ring (Item 2)
[Figure 20-40-24] from the check valve.
N-18685 Install new O-rings and back-up ring on the check valve.
Figure 20-40-23
P-8956
N-20037
Figure 20-40-29
1
1
1
2
N-20033
2
2
N-18690
Figure 20-40-27
N-20039
Figure 20-40-28
N-20040
N-20038
Figure 20-40-31
1
1
1 N-18694
Inspect all parts for wear and replace any part showing
excessive wear.
N-18693A
NOTE: The screen (Item 3) [Figure 20-40-33] may be
cleaned with solvent. If it is torn or worn
Remove the O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-31] from replace the solenoid stem.
both ends of the solenoid.
Use only new O-rings and apply oil to all O-rings and
back-up washers before installation.
H3
C4
B3 A3
G3 D3
C3
G2 B2 A2 E2 D2
F2 C2
G1 B1 A1 E1
C1
F1
D1
MR
TS-1971
1
1 1
1 1
N-18698
2
3
IMPORTANT 1
Use bolts to fasten the control valve to a work bench for NOTE: Both load checks poppets, plugs and springs
easier disassembly and assembly procedures. are the same for the lift and tilt.
Figure 20-40-39
1
B-6764
1. Relief Valve
2. O-ring
3. Sleeve
4. Glide Ring
5. O-ring
CD-15092
1 Remove the O-rings, sleeve, and glide ring from the main
relief valve [Figure 20-40-41].
N-20078
Installation: Always use new O-rings. sleeve, and glide
ring. Tighten to 35-40 ft.-lb. (47-54 N•m) torque.
The auxiliary section uses a load check poppet with an
orifice (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-39]. Port Relief Valve, Tilt Spool
Figure 20-40-40
N-20043
N-20039
2 1. O-ring
1 2. Back-up Washer
3. O-ring
4. Relief Valve
1. O-ring N-18844
2. Back-up Washer
3. O-ring
4. Relief Valve Remove the O-rings and back-up washer from the port
relief valve [Figure 20-40-45].
N-18844
Installation: Always use new O-rings and back-up
washers. Tighten to 35-40 ft.-lb. (47-54 N•m) torque.
Remove the O-rings and back-up washer from the port
relief valve [Figure 20-40-43]. Anti-Cavitation Valve/Port Relief Valve, Tilt Spool
Figure 20-40-44 1
1
N-20042
Figure 20-40-47 2
E-1509A
1. Anti-Cavitation Valve
2. O-ring
3. Back-up Washer
1 4. O-ring
N-18839
Figure 20-40-50
Remove the O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-47] from the
anti-cavitation/port relief valve.
Figure 20-40-48
N-20043
N-20043
2
2 1
2
2
1
1
N-20021
Figure 20-40-52
N-20022
2
N-20043 Remove the lift and tilt lock block [Figure 20-40-54].
NOTE: The lock block must be clean and oil free. (Oil
can cause the solenoids not to function
properly.)
Figure 20-40-55
N-20040
1
N-18971
N-20023
Figure 20-40-59
2 1
2 N-18974
IMPORTANT
The detent assembly has small springs and balls. Do
not lose these parts during disassembly and 1
assembly.
I-2012-0284
N-18975
Figure 20-40-60
Remove the spool assembly and seal (Item 1) [Figure
20-40-62] from the control valve.
N-18973
Figure 20-40-63
3 1
N-18915
1
Figure 20-40-66
P-8988
1
2
N-18916
Clamp the linkage end of the spool in a vise [Figure 20-
40-64].
Put a rag around the detent assembly [Figure 20-40-66].
This will prevent the detent balls and spring from being
lost when the detent adapter is removed.
N-18919A
Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item
3), and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-40-69].
N-19004
Figure 20-40-70
Figure 20-40-68
N-18918
Remove the stud from the end of the spool [Figure 20-
40-70].
N-19009
Figure 20-40-71
N-18963
N-18920
Install the plastic plug and O-ring in the spool [Figure 20-
40-73].
Removal of the plastic plug:
Figure 20-40-74
Make a center point in the plug using a 1/16 inch drill.
Drill a hole all the way through the plug using a 7/64 inch O-ring
tap drill
Clean all the debris from inside the spool bore. Plastic
Plug
NOTE: DO NOT USE LOCTITE ON THE STUD 0.60 inch
THREADS. (15,2 mm)
Figure 20-40-72
Install the stud and tighten until the other end of the stud
is out about 0.600 inch (15,2 mm) from the spool [Figure
20-40-74].
2
N-18961
Figure 20-40-75
N-18968
N-18967 NOTE: The collar and the detent adapter are held
together by spring pressure when assembled
to the lift spool not the detent balls. Hold the
Clamp the collar (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-75] in a vice. detent adapter and collar together to prevent
the detent balls and spring from falling out.
Figure 20-40-76
Figure 20-40-78
1
3
2
N-18958
N-19004
Figure 20-40-79
CD-15051
1
Figure 20-40-80
N-19007
N-19005
Figure 20-40-83
1
1
N-18971
Figure 20-40-84
1
2
N-20040
1
Install the end cap (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-86].
2
N-18972
Figure 20-40-87
1 N-20022
Install the lift and tilt lock block (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-
89]. (See Lift And Tilt Lock Block on Page 20-40-15.)
N-18930
Tilt Spool Removal And Installation
Install the spool seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-87] on the Figure 20-40-90
linkage end of the valve.
Figure 20-40-88
1 2
N-20022
N-18927 Remove the lift and tilt lock block (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-
90] from the control valve. (See Lift And Tilt Lock Block
on Page 20-40-15.)
Install the bushing (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure
20-40-88] on the linkage end of the lift spool.
Figure 20-40-91
1 2
N-18816
Remove the bushing (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure Tilt Spool Disassembly And Assembly
20-40-91] from the tilt spool.
Figure 20-40-94
Figure 20-40-92
N-18942
N-20042
Put the linkage end of the spool in the vice [Figure 20-
Remove the screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-92] from the 40-94].
end cap.
Install the spool tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-94] over the
Installation: Tighten the bolt to 90-100 in.-lb. (10,2-11,3 centering spring.
N•m) torque.
N-19098 N-18943
Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-95] holding the Auxiliary Spool Removal And Installation
centering spring to the spool.
Figure 20-40-98
Installation: Tighten the bolt to 90-100 in.-lb. (10,2-11,3
N•m) torque.
Figure 20-40-96
1
2
3
4
1
N-20042
Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item
3), and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-40-96].
Figure 20-40-99
1 1
N-20043
1
N-20073
N-18989
Figure 20-40-103
N-20031
Remove the auxiliary bleed block (Item 1) [Figure 20-40- Figure 20-40-106
103] and O-ring.
Figure 20-40-104
1 N-20076
Figure 20-40-107
N-20027
Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-107] from both Installation: Tighten valve to 8-12 ft.-lb. (11-16 N•m)
solenoids. torque.
Installation: Tighten the nut to 8-12 ft.-lb. (11-16 N•m) Figure 20-40-110
torque.
Figure 20-40-108
1
N-18795
2
Figure 20-40-111
1 2
1
1
N-18843
Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-111] or optional Cleaning And Inspection
port relief valve from the control valve.
Clean all components with clean solvent and dry with
NOTE: Optional port relief (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-111] compressed air.
is 3500 PSI (24129 kPa).
Check the spools for wear or scratches.
Figure 20-40-112
Check that the spools are not loose in their bore.
Plug
Check that the centering springs are not broken.
2 Check that the load check valve seats are not worn.
N-18800 Apply oil to all new O-rings and back-up rings before
installation.
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm P-37789
Figure 20-41-1
1
2
1
P-37790
N-22483
Remove the jam nut (Item 1) and the rubber washer (Item
2) [Figure 20-41-3] from the lift arm by-pass valve.
Remove the access cover (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-1] from
the right side of the loader frame.
Figure 20-41-4
1 2
1
1 P-39424
Figure 20-41-5
1 P-39425
P-43928
Move the lift arm by-pass valve/brake valve down into the
fender to allow room for the actuator removal.
2
P-39428
Slide the actuator (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-8] away from Remove the bottom actuator from the loader.
the control valve.
Figure 20-41-9
1
1
P-39427
Figure 20-41-11
3
2
1 1
N-19114
2 1 Remove the actuator (Item 1), the O-ring (Item 2), the
spacer block (Item 3) and O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 20-41-
N-19112 13].
Figure 20-41-12
N-19113
WARNING
P-37098
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm Cap and plug the hose and fitting.
support device.
2 P-37099
Figure 20-41-16
P-34126
Figure 20-41-19
2
P-43931
Figure 20-41-20
1
1
P-34129
Figure 20-41-23
1
2
P-34132
Disconnect the case drain hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-41- Remove the control valve from the loader.
23] and cap the fitting and plug the hose.
Figure 20-41-24
P-34131
Figure 20-41-26
1 1
1
1
2
1 1
1
N-20035
1
Figure 20-41-27
N-20034
Figure 20-41-29 1 1
1 1
6
3
1
1 2 1
5 N-23644
4
Figure 20-41-31
Install the six mounting bolts [Figure 20-41-29].
*Torque must be 190-210 in.-lb. (21,5-23,7 N•m) for Remove the BICS™ valve assembly from the top of the
every bolt or repeat step 3. control valve [Figure 20-41-31].
Figure 20-41-34
Remove the four large O-rings (Item 1) and the small O-
ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-32] from the top of the control
valve.
Install the four large O-rings (Item 1) and the small O-ring
(Item 2) [Figure 20-41-32] on the top of the control valve.
Figure 20-41-33
1
3 6
N-20040
1 2
Remove the fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-34] from the
valve.
5
4
N-23644
Figure 20-41-35
1 1
N-20037
Figure 20-41-38
1
2
1
N-18685
N-18684
Using a flat blade screw driver, remove the lift arm by-
pass orifice (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-35] & [Figure 20-41-
36]. Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up ring (Item 2)
[Figure 20-41-38] from the check valve.
Orifice size is 0.078 inch.
Install new O-rings and back-up ring on the check valve.
Reverse the removal procedure to install the lift arm by-
pass orifice. The check valve has a rating of 5-10 PSI.
Figure 20-41-39
N-23647
Figure 20-41-42
P-8956
Figure 20-41-40
N-20040
N-23644
Figure 20-41-43 1
1
1
N-18693A
2
2
Remove the O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-45] from both
2
N-18690 ends of the solenoid.
Figure 20-41-46
Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up rings (Item 2)
[Figure 20-41-43] from both the tilt and lift lock valves.
Figure 20-41-44
1
N-20038
N-20037
Figure 20-41-47
3
2
P9175
1
Use a test meter to measure coil resistance [Figure 20-
N-18694 41-48]. Coil wires do not have polarity. Correct resistance
for the auxiliary pressure relief (small) coil is 7-10 ohm
and the other coils 5-8 ohms.
Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up washers (Item
2) [Figure 20-41-47] on the stem. Replace the test meter with 12 volt power. You can see
and hear the spool shift.
Clean all parts in solvent and dry with compressed air.
Inspect all parts for wear and replace any part showing
excessive wear.
Use only new O-rings and apply oil to all O-rings and
back-up washers before installation.
Figure 20-41-51
N-21159
Figure 20-41-50
N-19100
N-19099
Figure 20-41-52
1
1
N-19034
3
2
N-19101 Loosen the main relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-54].
Figure 20-41-55
Remove the load check plugs (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-52].
Figure 20-41-53
N-19035
2 3
4 5
B-6764
1. Relief Valve
2. O-ring N-19034
3. Sleeve
4. Glide Ring
5. O-ring Loosen the port relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-57] &
[Figure 20-41-58] (Port E1 or F2). (See Identification
CD-15092 Chart on Page 20-41-16.)
Figure 20-41-57
N-18981
N-19000
Figure 20-41-60
4 1
3
2
1
1. O-ring
N-18980
2. Backup Washer
3. O-ring
4. Relief Valve Remove the anti-cavitation/port relief valve (Item 1)
[Figure 20-41-62] from the control valve for the tilt
N-18844 section.
Figure 20-41-63
Remove the O-rings and back-up washer from the port
relief valve [Figure 20-41-60].
N-18843
N-19003
Figure 20-41-64
1
E-1509A
1. Anti-Cavitation Valve
2. O-ring
3. Back-up Washer
4. O-ring
N-18839
Figure 20-41-65
1
N-19036
Figure 20-41-67
N-19003
Figure 20-41-68
2
N-18983
1
2
Remove the spool assembly (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-70]
and seal from the control valve.
N-19114
Figure 20-41-71
1
1
1
N-19003
Figure 20-41-72
2 1
2
1
N-18985
N-18940
Remove the spool assembly (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-74]
and seal from the control valve.
Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure
20-41-72] from the tilt spool. Assembly: Always use a new spool seal.
N-18944A
N-18930 N-18943
Figure 20-41-79 1
N-18988
1
Remove the spool (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-81].
Figure 20-41-80
N-18987
Figure 20-41-82
3 2
1 N-18992
Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-82] from both Installation: Tighten valve to 8-12 ft.-lb. (11-16 N•m)
solenoids. torque.
Installation: Tighten the nut to 8-12 ft.-lb. (11-16 N•m) Figure 20-41-85
torque.
Figure 20-41-83
1
N-18795
Check that the load check valve seats are not worn.
Figure 20-41-87
2
1
1
N-18843
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm P-37789
Figure 20-42-1
1
2
1
P-37790
N-22483
Remove the jam nut (Item 1) and the rubber washer (Item
2) [Figure 20-42-3] from the lift arm by-pass valve.
Remove the access cover (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-1] from
the right side of the loader frame.
Figure 20-42-4
1 2
1
1 P-39424
Figure 20-42-5
1 P-39425
P-43928
Move the lift arm by-pass valve/brake valve down into the
fender to allow room for the actuator removal.
2
P-39428
Slide the actuator (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-8] away from Remove the bottom actuator from the loader.
the control valve.
Figure 20-42-9
1
1
P-39427
Figure 20-42-11
3
2
1 1
N-19114
2 1 Remove the actuator (Item 1), the O-ring (Item 2), the
spacer block (Item 3) and O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 20-42-
N-19112 13].
Figure 20-42-12
N-19113
WARNING
P-37098
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm Cap and plug the hose and fitting.
support device.
2 P-37099
Figure 20-42-16
P-34126
Figure 20-42-19
2
P-43931
Figure 20-42-20
1
1
P-34129
Figure 20-42-23
P-34132
Disconnect the case drain hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-42- Remove the control valve from the loader.
23] and cap the fitting and plug the hose.
Figure 20-42-24
P-34131
Figure 20-42-26
1 1
1
1
2
1 1
1
N-20035
1
Figure 20-42-27
N-20034
Figure 20-42-29 1 1
1 1
6
3
1
1 2 1
5 N-23644
4
Figure 20-42-31
Install the six mounting bolts [Figure 20-42-29].
*Torque must be 190-210 in.-lb. (21,5-23,7 N•m) for Remove the BICS™ valve assembly from the top of the
every bolt or repeat step 3. control valve [Figure 20-42-31].
Figure 20-42-34
Remove the four large O-rings (Item 1) and the small O-
ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-42-32] from the top of the control
valve.
Install the four large O-rings (Item 1) and the small O-ring
(Item 2) [Figure 20-42-32] on the top of the control valve.
Figure 20-42-33
1
3 6
N-20040
1 2
Remove the fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-34] from the
valve.
5
4
N-23644
Figure 20-42-35
1 1
N-20037
Figure 20-42-38
1
2
1
N-18685
N-18684
Using a flat blade screw driver, remove the lift arm by-
pass orifice (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-35] & [Figure 20-42-
36]. Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up ring (Item 2)
[Figure 20-42-38] from the check valve.
Orifice size is 0.078 inch.
Install new O-rings and back-up ring on the check valve.
Reverse the removal procedure to install the lift arm by-
pass orifice. The check valve has a rating of 5-10 PSI.
Figure 20-42-39
N-23647
Figure 20-42-42
P-8956
Figure 20-42-40
N-20040
N-23644
Figure 20-42-43 1
1
1
N-18693A
2
2
Remove the O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-45] from both
2
N-18690 ends of the solenoid.
Figure 20-42-46
Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up rings (Item 2)
[Figure 20-42-43] from both the tilt and lift lock valves.
Figure 20-42-44
1
N-20038
N-20037
Figure 20-42-47
3
2
P9175
1
Use a test meter to measure coil resistance [Figure 20-
N-18694 42-48]. Coil wires do not have polarity. Correct resistance
for the auxiliary pressure relief (small) coil is 7-10 ohm
and the other coils 5-8 ohms.
Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up washers (Item
2) [Figure 20-42-47] on the stem. Replace the test meter with 12 volt power. You can see
and hear the spool shift.
Clean all parts in solvent and dry with compressed air.
Inspect all parts for wear and replace any part showing
excessive wear.
Use only new O-rings and apply oil to all O-rings and
back-up washers before installation.
Figure 20-42-51
N-21159
Figure 20-42-50
N-19100
N-19099
Figure 20-42-52
1
1
N-19034
3
2
N-19101 Loosen the main relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-54].
Figure 20-42-55
Remove the load check plugs (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-52].
Figure 20-42-53
N-19035
2 3
4 5
B-6764
1. Relief Valve
2. O-ring N-19034
3. Sleeve
4. Glide Ring
5. O-ring Loosen the port relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-57] &
[Figure 20-42-58] (Port E1 or F2). (See Identification
CD-15092 Chart on Page 20-41-16.)
Figure 20-42-57
N-18981
N-19000
Figure 20-42-60
4 1
3
2
1
1. O-ring
N-18980
2. Backup Washer
3. O-ring
4. Relief Valve Remove the anti-cavitation/port relief valve (Item 1)
[Figure 20-42-62] from the control valve for the tilt
N-18844 section.
Figure 20-42-63
Remove the O-rings and back-up washer from the port
relief valve [Figure 20-42-60].
N-18843
N-19003
Figure 20-42-64
1
E-1509A
1. Anti-Cavitation Valve
2. O-ring
3. Backup Washer
4. O-ring
N-18839
Figure 20-42-65
1
N-19036
Figure 20-42-67
N-19003
Figure 20-42-68
2
N-18983
1
2
Remove the spool assembly (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-70]
and seal from the control valve.
N-19114
Figure 20-42-71
1
1
1
N-19003
Figure 20-42-72
2 1
2
1
N-18985
N-18940
Remove the spool assembly (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-74]
and seal from the control valve.
Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure
20-42-72] from the tilt spool. Assembly: Always use a new spool seal.
N-18944A
N-18930 N-18943
Figure 20-42-79 1
N-18988
1
Remove the spool (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-81].
Figure 20-42-80
N-18987
Figure 20-42-82
3 2
1 N-18992
Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-82] from both Installation: Tighten valve to 8-12 ft.-lb. (11-16 N•m)
solenoids. torque.
Installation: Tighten the nut to 8-12 ft.-lb. (11-16 N•m) Figure 20-42-85
torque.
Figure 20-42-83
1
N-18795
Check that the load check valve seats are not worn.
Figure 20-42-87
2
1
1
N-18843
Inspecting
WARNING
Figure 20-50-1
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
1
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support
Device on Page 10-20-1.)
Raise the lift arms 6 feet (2 m) off the ground. Stop the Figure 20-50-2
engine. Turn the Lift Arm By-Pass Control Knob
clockwise 1/4 turn. Then pull up and hold the Lift Arm By-
Pass Control Knob until the lift arms slowly lower.
Raise the lift arms about 6 feet (2 meters) off the ground.
Turn the key OFF and wait for the engine to come to a
complete stop.
P-31823
Move the right hand control away from the operator. The Remove the rubber washer (Item 2) [Figure 20-50-2].
bucket (or attachment) should not tilt forward.
Figure 20-50-3
2
1
2
1
P13656
P-34060
Remove the by-pass valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-50-5] from
the valve block. Inspect the by-pass valve for damage
Disconnect the two hydraulic tubelines (Item 1) [Figure and replace if necessary.
20-50-3] and cap and plug the lines.
Installation: Tighten the valve to 33-37 ft.-lb. (45-50
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 2) [Figure 20-50- N•m) torque.
3].
Inspect the hydraulic fittings (Item 2) [Figure 20-50-5] on
Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 180-200 in.-lb. the valve block for damage and replace if necessary.
(21-23 N•m) torque.
Figure 20-50-4
P13653
WARNING
P-43930
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to Disconnect the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-1]
fall or move and cause injury or death. that comes from the gear pump, and connects to the
W-2017-0286
tubeline on the top of the control valve.
Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING Figure 20-60-2
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
P-34851
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Connect the INLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-2] from
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab the tester to the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-1]
on Page 10-30-1.) of the pump. Connect the OUTLET hose (Item 2) [Figure
20-60-2] from the tester to the tubeline (Item 2) [Figure
Open the rear door of the loader. 20-60-1] on the top of the control valve.
Figure 20-60-3
EXAMPLE: TESTER
CONNECTION
Reservoir
WARNING
Hydraulic Pump Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
Out In Hydraulic Control support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
Valve support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
1
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support
BH-196
Device on Page 10-20-1.)
Sample tester connection shown[Figure 20-60-3]]. Stop the engine. Raise the seat bar.
Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Make sure the Lift and block the rear of the loader. (See LIFTING AND
tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the BLOCKING THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)
tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses
connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab
RPM*. on Page 10-30-1.)
Warm the fluid to 140°F. (60°C.) by turning the restrictor Drain the hydraulic fluid from the reservoir. (See
control (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-3] on the tester to about HYDRAULIC FLUID RESERVOIR on Page 20-80-1.)
1000 PSI (6895 kPa). DO NOT exceed system relief
pressure. Open the restrictor control and record the free Open the rear door of the loader.
flow (GPM) at full RPM.
Push the maximum/variable flow switch (on the remote Remove the Power Bob-Tach block if equipped. (See
start tool) to engage the front auxiliary hydraulics, the Removal And Installation on Page 20-110-1 for early
light will come ON. Push the button (on the right control models. See Removal And Installation on Page 20-111-1
lever) for fluid flow to the quick coupler (fluid pressure will for late models.)
go over main relief). Record the highest pressure (PSI)
and flow (GPM). The high pressure flow must be at least
80% of free flow.
Figure 20-60-4
1
2 P-43936
Figure 20-60-5
2
1
1
P-26348 P-43938
Identification
6
14 18
10 11 17
6
15 16
5
3 4
2
7
6
13
12
10 11
8 9
1. Auxiliary Pump End Section 5 6
3 4
2. Pre-Load Seal 2
3. Load Seal
4. Section Seal
5. Wear Plate 1
6. Pins
7. Drive Gear (Auxiliary Pump)
8. Idler Gear (Auxiliary Pump)
9. Auxiliary Pump Center Section
10. Wear Plate
11. Section Seal
12. Spline Shaft
13. Auxiliary Pump End Section
14. Drive Gear (Charge Pump)
15. Idler Gear (Charge Pump)
16. Charge Pump Center Section
17. Charge Pump End Section
18. Bolts (8)
B-21259
IMPORTANT 1
P-39138
Figure 20-60-8
Set the pump on end, and remove the pump end section
(Item 1) [Figure 20-60-9] from the charge pump.
Figure 20-60-10
1 1
1
1
P-39126
1 2
Mark the pump sections for correct assembly [Figure 20-
60-8].
P-39139
Remove the eight pump housing bolts (Item 2) [Figure
20-60-8].
Remove the wear plate (Item 1) and the section seal
Installation: Tighten the eight bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20- (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-10].
60-8] to 45-50 ft.-lbs (60-67 N•m) torque.
Figure 20-60-11
4
1
2
P-39142
Figure 20-60-12
P-39143
P-39141
Figure 20-60-15
P-39146
NOTE: Inspect the idler gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-60- Figure 20-60-18
15]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the
pump must be replaced.
Figure 20-60-16
3
P-39147
Remove the drive gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-16] from Remove the locating pins (Item 3) [Figure 20-60-18]
the charge pump. from the front section of the charge pump.
Figure 20-60-19
P-39150
1
Figure 20-60-22
Inspect the wear plate (Item 1) and the section seal (Item
2) [Figure 20-60-19] and replace as needed.
Figure 20-60-20
1
2
P-39151
1
Inspect the load seal (Item 1) and the Pre-load seal (Item
2) [Figure 20-60-22] and replace as needed.
P-39149
Figure 20-60-23
2
1
P-39216
Inspect the pump center section and bushings (Item 1) Figure 20-60-26
[Figure 20-60-23]. If excessive wear or damage is
visible, the pump must be replaced.
3
Figure 20-60-24
4
1
2
P-39217
Remove the pump center section (Item 1) [Figure 20-60- NOTE: Inspect the pump center section (Item 3) and
24] from the pump sections. bushings (Item 4) [Figure 20-60-26]. If
excessive wear or damage is visible, the
pump must be replaced.
Figure 20-60-27 1
P-39220
Figure 20-60-30
Remove the pump section (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-27]
from the pump end section.
Figure 20-60-28
P-39221
Figure 20-60-31
1
1
P-39224
1
1
3
P-39223 P-39225
NOTE: Inspect the drive gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-60- Remove the wear plate (Item 1) and section seal (Item 2)
32]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the [Figure 20-60-34].
pump must be replaced.
Remove the locating pins (Item 3) [Figure 20-60-34].
P-26672
P-26670
1
2
P-39227
Inspect the wear plate (Item 1) and the section seal (Item
2) [Figure 20-60-35].
1
NOTE: Position wear plate (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-35]
inlets and traps as shown with bronze side
toward gears.
Figure 20-60-36
2
P-39229
P-26670
P-39228
P-43640
WARNING Remove the two mount bolts from the right side access
panel (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-1]. Remove the panel.
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service. Figure 20-61-2
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286 2
WARNING P-39250
Figure 20-61-3
P-37694
1
1
Disconnect the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-5]
P-39247 from the charge pump, that goes to the back side of the
hydrostatic pump.
Determine the proper direction of oil flow through the Figure 20-61-6
filter housing (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-3] and [Figure 20-
61-4].
Figure 20-61-4
P-39249
3
2
Remove the OUTLET fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-6]
P-39248 from the charge pump.
Figure 20-61-7
1 P-39253
Figure 20-61-8
P-39254
P-39252
Connect the outlet hose on the hydraulic tester (Item 1)
[Figure 20-61-10] to the inlet fitting on the hydraulic filter
Connect the Inlet hose from the hydraulic tester (Item 1) assembly.
[Figure 20-61-8] to the OUTLET fitting of the charge
pump.
P-39255
Be sure all connections are tight and that the hoses are
not touching any moving parts before starting the loader
[Figure 20-61-11].
IMPORTANT
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open
position before you start the engine.
I-2024-0284
Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Make sure the
tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the
tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses
connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full
RPM*.
Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Press the Front If the specs from above are reached, the high flow
Auxiliary button. Engage the front auxiliary with the hydraulic pump is OK.
trigger on the right handle. Make sure the tester is
connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the tester, If the flow and pressure were not obtained, go to the
the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses Inline High Flow Hydraulic Pump Test. (See Inline
connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full Hydraulic Pump Test (High Flow) on Page 20-62-4.)
RPM*.
*(See Hydraulic System on Page SPEC-10-3 for system
Warm the fluid to 140°F. (60°C.) by turning the restrictor relief pressure. See Engine on Page SPEC-10-2 for full
control clockwise on the tester so it reads about a 1000 RPM.)
PSI (6895 kPa).
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
P-43930
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death. At the control valve, disconnect the standard (auxiliary)
W-2017-0286
pump OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-62-2] from the
tube line.
Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.) Figure 20-62-3
1
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
P-34851
W-2059-0598
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab Connect the INLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-62-3] from
on Page 10-30-1.) the tester to the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-62-2]
of the pump. Connect the OUTLET hose (Item 2) [Figure
20-62-3] from the tester to the tube line (Item 2) [Figure
20-62-2] which goes to the control valve.
Reservoir
Hydraulic Pump
Out In Hydraulic Control
Valve
BH-196
Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Make sure the
tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the
tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses
connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full
RPM*.
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
2
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286 P-43954
Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING Remove the left side access cover.
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)
Disconnect the high flow pump OUTLET hose (Item 1)
Figure 20-62-5
from the fitting (Item 2) [Figure 20-62-6] on the tube line.
1 Figure 20-62-7
2 1
P-34847
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support Connect the INLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-62-7] from
device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support Device on the tester to the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-62-6]
Page 10-20-1.) of the pump. Connect the OUTLET hose (Item 2) [Figure
20-62-7] from the tester to the fitting (Item 2) [Figure 20-
62-6] on the tube line.
WARNING Lower the cab down.
EXAMPLE: TESTER
CONNECTION
A low percentage may indicate a failed pump.
Reservoir
(See Hydraulic System on Page SPEC-10-3 for system
relief pressure. See Engine on Page SPEC-10-2 for full
RPM.)
Hydraulic Pump
Out In Hydraulic Control
Valve
BH-196
Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Press the Front
Auxiliary button. Press the High Flow button. Engage the
front auxiliary with the trigger on the right handle. Make
sure the tester is connected correctly. If no flow is
indicated on the tester, the hoses are connected wrong.
With the hoses connected correctly, increase the engine
speed to full RPM*.
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners 2
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to P-43954
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
Remove the left side access cover.
Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING
Disconnect the high flow pump OUTLET hose (Item 1)
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)
from the fitting (Item 2) [Figure 20-62-10] on the tube
Remove the right rear tire. line.
2
1
P-34847
P-34851
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Figure 20-62-12
1 1
1
P-45445
Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Press the Front
2 P-45457 Auxiliary button. Press the High Flow button. Engage the
front auxiliary with the trigger on the right handle. Make
sure the tester is connected correctly. If no flow is
Remove the six access cover mounting bolts (Item 1) and indicated on the tester, the hoses are connected wrong.
the cover (Item 2) [Figure 20-62-12] from the frame. With the hoses connected correctly, increase the engine
speed to full RPM*.
Figure 20-62-13
Warm the fluid to 140°F. (60°C.) by turning the restrictor
control clockwise on the tester to about 1000 PSI (6895
kPa).
Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-62-13] from the If the pump is unable to reach 3300 PSI the relief (Item 1)
bottom of the relief valve at the pump. [Figure 20-62-14] will need to be turned clockwise a 1/4
turn and retested with the procedure above. (1/4 turn
This procedure will require a operator in the cab and one equals approximately 200 PSI.)
operator running the tester.
NOTE: If the relief plug has been turned in 1/4 turn
and the pressure remains the same, go to the
relief valve removal and installation section.
(See High Flow Relief Valve Removal and
Installation on Page 20-62-8.) If relief valve
has been checked and is OK, go to the high
flow pump disassembly and assembly
section. (See Disassembly And Assembly on
Page 20-62-13.)
If the pump reaches 3300 PSI and there is flow, the relief
plug must be turned counter clockwise 1/4 turn and
retested with the procedure above.
1
WARNING
1
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service. 1
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
Remove the right rear tire. Remove the six access cover mount bolts (Item 1) and
the access cover (Item 2) [Figure 20-62-16] from the
Figure 20-62-15 frame.
Figure 20-62-17
1
1
P-34847
P-45443
Install a jumper hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-62-15] onto the
front auxiliary quick couplers.
Remove the relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-62-17] from
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm the pump.
support device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support
Device on Page 10-20-1.) Installation: Tighten the relief valve to 30-35 ft.-lb. (41-
47 N•m) torque.
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Figure 20-62-18
1 1
P-45459
Inspect the relief valve and replace the two o-rings (Item
1) and washer (Item 2) [Figure 20-62-18].
Figure 20-62-19
P-45469
1
2 4
WARNING P-45446
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless At the back side of the gear pump, disconnect and cap
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm the hose from the outlet fitting (Item 1) of the standard
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm flow pump. Disconnect and cap the hose (Item 2) from
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment the charge pump. Disconnect and cap the hoses from the
to fall and cause injury or death. High Flow pump outlet fitting (Item 3) and the low
W-2059-0598 pressure hose (Item 4) [Figure 20-62-20].
Figure 20-62-21
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support
Device on Page 10-20-1.)
Lift and block the rear of the loader. (See LIFTING AND
BLOCKING THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)
1
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab
on Page 10-30-1.)
Remove the hoses from the Power Bob-Tach block. (If so At the front side of the gear pump, disconnect and cap
equipped.) (See Removal And Installation on Page 20- the three hoses from the inlet fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-
110-1 for early models.) (See Removal And Installation 62-21] of the hydraulic pump.
on Page 20-111-1 for late models.)
Figure 20-62-22
P-43958
Figure 20-62-23
P-43956
Identification
28
7
6
2 10
5
20. Bolt (4) 8
5 9
21. Bolt (4) 6
3 4
22. Relief Valve 2
23. O-Ring
1
24. O-Ring
25. Back-up Washer
26. Valve
27. Coil
28. Nut
B-22288
IMPORTANT
1
Figure 20-62-24 NOTE: Mark the pump housing (Item 1) [Figure 20-62-
25] for proper installation of the solenoid
valve cartridge.
1
Remove the valve cartridge (Item 1) [Figure 20-62-25].
Figure 20-62-26
P-45460
2
Remove the solenoid nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-62-24].
Figure 20-62-27
1 2
P-45469
NOTE: Mark the pump housing (Item 1) [Figure 20-62- Figure 20-62-30
27] for proper installation of the relief valve.
1
Figure 20-62-28
1
1
1 P-45463
P-45459
Inspect the relief valve and replace the two o-rings (Item
1) and back-up washer (Item 2)[Figure 20-62-28].
Figure 20-62-31
1
P-39171
Figure 20-62-34
Remove the wear plate (Item 1) and section seal (Item 2)
[Figure 20-62-31] from the pump end section.
Figure 20-62-32
3
P-39172
1
2
NOTE: Inspect the pump center section (Item 1)
P-39170 [Figure 20-62-34]. If excessive wear or
damage is visible, the pump must be
replaced.
NOTE: Position wear plate (Item 1) [Figure 20-62-32]
inlets and traps as shown with bronze side
toward gears.
Figure 20-62-35
P-39175
Figure 20-62-38
Remove the idler gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-62-35] &
[Figure 20-62-36].
Figure 20-62-36
P-39176
Figure 20-62-39
1
1
P-39179
2
Remove the load seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-62-41].
P-39177
Figure 20-62-42
Figure 20-62-40
1
P-39180
2
Remove the pre-load seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-62-42].
Figure 20-62-43
P-39178
P-39151
2 1
P-39183
Remove the pump center section (Item 1) [Figure 20-62- NOTE: Inspect the pump center section (Item 3) and
44] from the pump sections. bushings (Item 4) [Figure 20-62-46]. If
excessive wear or damage is visible, the
Figure 20-62-45 pump must be replaced.
Figure 20-62-47
1
2
P-39182
P-39184
Remove the wear plate (Item 1) [Figure 20-62-45] &
[Figure 20-62-46] and section seal (Item 2) [Figure 20-
62-45] & [Figure 20-62-46] from the pump section. Remove the spline shaft (Item 1) [Figure 20-62-47].
Figure 20-62-48
P-39144
1
NOTE: Inspect the idler gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-62-
P-39142 50]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the
pump must be replaced.
NOTE: Inspect the charge pump center section (Item Figure 20-62-51
1) [Figure 20-62-48]. If excessive wear or
damage is visible, the pump must be
replaced.
Figure 20-62-49
1
P-39145
Figure 20-62-52
1
1
P-39148
Inspect the wear plate (Item 1) and the section seal (Item
P-39146 2 )[Figure 20-62-54] and replace as needed.
1 1
P-39149
P-39147
Figure 20-62-56
P-39152
Figure 20-62-57
1
2
P-39215
Inspect the load seal (Item 1) and the Pre-load seal (Item
2) [Figure 20-62-57] and replace as needed.
P-39218
2
Figure 20-62-63
Remove the wear plate (Item 1) [Figure 20-62-60] &
[Figure 20-62-61] and section seal (Item 2) [Figure 20- 1
62-60] & [Figure 20-62-61] from the pump section.
Figure 20-62-61
P-39219
1
NOTE: Inspect the pump section (Item 1) [Figure 20-
2 62-63]. If excessive wear or damage is visible,
P-39217 the pump must be replaced.
Figure 20-62-64
1
1
P-39222
Figure 20-62-67
Remove the idler gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-62-64] &
[Figure 20-62-65].
Figure 20-62-65
P-39223
Figure 20-62-68
2
1
P-39226
Inspect the wear plate (Item 1) and the section seal (Item
P-39224 2) [Figure 20-62-70].
NOTE: Inspect the spline shaft (Item 1) [Figure 20-62- Figure 20-62-71
68]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the
pump must be replaced.
1
Figure 20-62-69
P-26670
3
1
1
P-39228
2
Figure 20-62-72
P-26672
P-26670
P-39227
Figure 20-62-73
P-39229P-
26673
WARNING
P-43930
Figure 20-63-2
Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment P-34851
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Connect the INLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-63-2] from
the tester to the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-63-1]
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab of the pump. Connect the OUTLET hose (Item 2) [Figure
on Page 10-30-1.) 20-63-2] from the tester to the tubeline (Item 2) [Figure
20-63-1] on the top of the control valve.
Open the rear door of the loader.
Figure 20-63-3
EXAMPLE: TESTER
CONNECTION
Reservoir
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
Hydraulic Pump the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
Out
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
In Hydraulic Control support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
Valve to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
1
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support
BH-196
Device on Page 10-20-1.)
Figure 20-63-4
1
P-48150
Figure 20-63-5
1
2
1
1
P-48152
P-48151
At the bottom side of the gear pump, remove the two
pump bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-63-7] from pump support
Disconnect the two inlet hoses (Item 1) [Figure 20-63-5] bracket.
from the front of the hydraulic pump.
Remove the pump support bracket (Item 2) [Figure 20-
63-7] from the loader.
12
13
13
12
3 11
8
7
9
10
5 7
4
1 3
1. Shaft Seal 2
2. Pump End Section
3. Pre-Load Seal
4. Load Seal
5. Section Seal
6. Wear Plate
7. Pins
8. Drive Gear
9. Idler Gear
10. Pump Center Section
11. Pump End Section
12. Bolts (4)
13. Bolts (4) B-22285
IMPORTANT 1
Figure 20-63-8
Set the pump on end, and remove the pump end section
(Item 1) [Figure 20-63-9] from the charge pump.
Figure 20-63-10
1
1
1 1 1
P-48186
2
Figure 20-63-11
4 1
2 P-39142
Inspect the wear plate (Item 1) and the section seal (Item Figure 20-63-14
2) [Figure 20-63-11] and replace as needed.
Figure 20-63-12
P-48191
P-48190
Figure 20-63-15
1
P-48193
Figure 20-63-18
NOTE: Inspect the idler gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-63-
15]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the
pump must be replaced.
Figure 20-63-16 3
1
1
P-48194
Figure 20-63-19
P-48196
1
Remove the Pre-load seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-63-21]
from the front section of the pump.
P-39148
Figure 20-63-22
Inspect the wear plate (Item 1) and the section seal (Item
2)[Figure 20-63-19] and replace as needed.
Figure 20-63-20
1
2
P-39151
1
Inspect the load seal (Item 1) and the Pre-load seal (Item
2) [Figure 20-63-22] and replace as needed.
P-48195
Figure 20-63-23
P-48197
Figure 20-63-24
P-48198
The tools listed will be needed to do the following If flow and pressure specs are not obtained, go to the
procedure: Inline Standard Hydraulic Pump Test. (See Inline
Hydraulic Pump Test (Standard) on Page 20-64-2.) If flow
MEL10103 - Hydraulic Tester and pressure specs are obtained continue on to the next
MEL10106 - Hydraulic Test Kit paragraph.
Figure 20-64-1 With the engine running at low idle RPM. Press the Front
Auxiliary button. Engage the front auxiliary with the
trigger on the right handle. Make sure the tester is
1
connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the tester,
the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses
connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full
RPM*.
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners P-43930
Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING Figure 20-64-3
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death. P-34851
W-2059-0598
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open *(See Hydraulic System on Page SPEC-10-3 for system
position before you start the engine. relief pressure. See Engine on Page SPEC-10-2 for full
I-2024-0284 RPM.)
Figure 20-64-4
EXAMPLE: TESTER
CONNECTION
Reservoir
Hydraulic Pump
Out In Hydraulic Control
Valve
BH-196
Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Make sure the
tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the
tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses
connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full
RPM*.
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service. 2
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286 P-43954
Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING Remove the left side access cover.
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)
Disconnect the high flow pump OUTLET hose (Item 1)
Figure 20-64-5 from the fitting (Item 2) [Figure 20-64-6] on the tubeline.
1 Figure 20-64-7
2 1
P-34847
P-34851
Install a jumper hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-64-5] onto the
front auxiliary quick couplers.
Connect the INLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-64-7] from
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
the tester to the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-64-6]
device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support Device on
of the pump. Connect the OUTLET hose (Item 2) [Figure
Page 10-20-1.)
20-64-7] from the tester to the fitting (Item 2) [Figure 20-
64-6] on the tubeline.
Hydraulic Pump
Out In Hydraulic Control
Valve
BH-196
Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Press the Front
Auxiliary button. Press the High Flow button. Engage the
front auxiliary with the trigger on the right handle. Make
sure the tester is connected correctly. If no flow is
indicated on the tester, the hoses are connected wrong.
With the hoses connected correctly, increase the engine
speed to full RPM*.
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners 2
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to P-43954
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
Remove the left side access cover.
Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.) Disconnect the high flow pump OUTLET hose (Item 1)
from the fitting (Item 2) [Figure 20-64-10] on the tubeline.
Remove the right rear tire.
Figure 20-64-9 Figure 20-64-11
2
1
P-34851
P-34847
Install a jumper hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-64-9] onto the Connect the INLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-64-11] from
front auxiliary quick couplers. the tester to the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-64-
10] of the pump. Connect the OUTLET hose (Item 2)
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support [Figure 20-64-11] from the tester to the tubeline (Item 2)
device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support Device on [Figure 20-64-10] at the control valve.
Page 10-20-1.)
Lower the cab down.
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Figure 20-64-12
1
1
1
P-45445
Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Press the Front
2 Auxiliary button. Press the High Flow button. Engage the
P-45457 front auxiliary with the trigger on the right handle. Make
sure the tester is connected correctly. If no flow is
indicated on the tester, the hoses are connected wrong.
Remove the six access cover mounting bolts (Item 1) and With the hoses connected correctly, increase the engine
the cover (Item 2) [Figure 20-64-12] from the frame. speed to full RPM*.
Figure 20-64-13 Warm the fluid to 140°F. (60°C.) by turning the restrictor
control clockwise on the tester to about 1000 PSI (6895
kPa).
If the pump reaches 3300 PSI and there is flow, the relief
plug must be turned counter clockwise 1/4 turn and
retested with the procedure above.
WARNING
1
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners 1
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
2 P-45457
Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)
Remove the six access cover mount bolts (Item 1) and
Remove the right rear tire. the access cover (Item 2) [Figure 20-64-16] from the
frame.
Figure 20-64-15
Figure 20-64-17
P-34847
P-45443
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Figure 20-64-18
1 1
P-45459
Inspect the relief valve and replace the two o-rings (Item
1) and washer (Item 2) [Figure 20-64-18].
Figure 20-64-19
P-45469
P-48153
WARNING
At the back side of the gear pump, disconnect and cap
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless the hose from the outlet fitting (Item 1) of the standard
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm flow pump. Disconnect and cap the hose from the High
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm Flow pump outlet fitting (Item 2) [Figure 20-64-20].
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death. Figure 20-64-21
W-2059-0598
Lift and block the rear of the loader. (See LIFTING AND
BLOCKING THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)
1
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab
on Page 10-30-1.)
Figure 20-64-22
1
1
1
P-48156
Figure 20-64-23 Remove the O-ring from the hydraulic gear pump.
P-48155
1. Seal
2. Auxliliary Pump End Section
3. Pre-Load Seal
4. Load Seal 19
5. Section Seal
6. Wear Plate
7. Pin
8. Drive Gear (Auxiliary Pump)
20 17
9. Idler Gear (Auxiliary Pump)
10. Pump Center Section (Auxiliary Pump) 21 18
11. Pump End Section (Auxiliary Pump)
12. Spline Shaft 22
13. Drive Gear (HI-Flow Pump)
14. Idler Gear (Hi-Flow Pump) 18
7 13
15. Pump Center Section (Hi-Flow Pump)
16. Pump End Section (Hi-Flow Pump)
12
17
3 22 16
6
21
6
14 15
5 3 7 20
4
23
24
25
8
7
3 11
17. Bolt (4) 6
18. Bolt (4)
9 10
19. Relief Valve 6 7
20. O-Ring 4 5
21. O-Ring 1 3
22. Back-up Washer
23. Valve 2
24. Coil
25. Nut B-22284
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
P-48218
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
2 Figure 20-64-27
P-48217
Installation: Tighten the solenoid nut to 48-72 in lbs (5-8 Inspect the o-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-64-27] and replace
N•m) as needed.
Figure 20-64-28
1 2
P-45469
Figure 20-64-31
NOTE: Mark the pump housing (Item 1) [Figure 20-64-
28] for proper installation of the relief valve.
Figure 20-64-29
1
1
P-48219
1
P-45459
Inspect the relief valve and replace the two o-rings (Item
1) and back-up washer (Item 2)[Figure 20-64-29].
Figure 20-64-32 1
P-48202
Figure 20-64-33
1
P-48203
1
3
2 NOTE: Inspect the Hi-flow pump center section (Item
1) [Figure 20-64-35]. If excessive wear or
P-48201 damage is visible, the pump must be
replaced.
Figure 20-64-36
1
1
P-48206
Figure 20-64-37
P-48207
Figure 20-64-40
1
1
P-48210
2
Figure 20-64-41
1 P-48211
2
Remove the pre-load seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-64-43].
Figure 20-64-44
P-48209
P-39151
2 1
P-48214
1
2
1
P-48213
P-48215
Figure 20-64-49
P-39144
1
NOTE: Inspect the idler gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-64-
51]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the
P-39142 pump must be replaced.
Figure 20-64-52
NOTE: Inspect the auxilliary pump center section
(Item 1) [Figure 20-64-49]. If excessive wear or
damage is visible, the pump must be
replaced.
Figure 20-64-50 1
P-48220
P-48216
Figure 20-64-53
P-39148
1
Inspect the wear plate (Item 1) and the section seal (Item
2) [Figure 20-64-55] and replace as needed.
P-48221
NOTE: Position the wear plate (Item 1) [Figure 20-64-
55] inlets and traps as shown with the bronze
NOTE: Inspect the drive gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-64- side toward the gears.
53]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the
pump must be replaced. Figure 20-64-56
Figure 20-64-54
3
1
2
P-48223
P-48222
Remove the load seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-64-56] from
the front section of the auxilliary pump.
Remove the wear plate (Item 1) and section seal (Item 2)
[Figure 20-64-54] from the front section of the auxilliary
pump.
Figure 20-64-57
1
P-48197
Figure 20-64-60
Remove the pre-load seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-64-57]
from the front section of the auxilliary pump.
Figure 20-64-58
1
2 P-48225
Inspect the load seal (Item 1) and the Pre-load seal (Item
2) [Figure 20-64-58] and replace as needed.
WARNING P-43817
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless Loosen the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-70-2], and remove
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm the electrical wire from the filter housing.
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment Figure 20-70-3
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Figure 20-70-1
1
2 P-43818
Figure 20-70-4
P-37097
Figure 20-70-5
N-19609
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
P-34063
Figure 20-80-1
Remove the two mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-80-2]
from the bucket positon valve mount plate. (If so
equipped.)
P-31286
Remove the left side motor cover from the loader frame.
Figure 20-80-3
1
P-34066
Figure 20-80-6
Loosen the two hose clamps (Item 1) [Figure 20-80-3]
and remove the reservoir fill hose.
Figure 20-80-4
P-34067
2
Remove the crossbar pivot bolt (Item 1) [Figure 20-80-
P-34065 6].
Figure 20-80-7
1
1
P-34070
Figure 20-80-8
P-34071
P-34069
Figure 20-80-11
1
1
P-34072
NOTE: Removing the inlet hose from the pump Figure 20-80-14
allows the reservoir to be move forward so the
hose clamp and hose can be remove from the
bottom of the reservoir through the left side
motor cover hole.
2
Figure 20-80-12
1
N-19610
P-34073 Remove the two hose clamps (Item 1) and remove the
hydraulic fill hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-80-14] from the
hydraulic reservoir.
Slide the reservoir ahead. At the left motor access hole
remove the hose clamp and hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-
80-12] from the bottom of the reservoir.
Figure 20-80-15
N-17718A
2 1
Figure 20-90-1
P-26912
Solenoid Testing
Disconnect the wire harness connector (Item 1) [Figure
20-90-1] from the bucket position solenoid. Figure 20-90-4
Figure 20-90-2
1
2
P9175
Figure 20-90-5
2
N-19069
P-34204
Remove the solenoid nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-90-7].
Disconnect the electrical harness (Item 1) [Figure 20-90- Installation: Tighten the nut to 60 in.-lb. (6,78 N•m)
5]. torque.
Figure 20-90-6
1
1
1 N-19070
P-34206
Remove the solenoid (Item 1) and the solenoid stem
(Item 2) [Figure 20-90-8].
Disconnect the three tubelines (Item 1) [Figure 20-90-6]
from the long tee fitting. Installation: Tighen the solenoid stem to 30-35 ft.-lb.
(40,8-47,6 N•m) torque.
Remove the mounting bolts (Item 2) [Figure 20-90-6]
from the bucket position valve.
Figure 20-90-9
N-18339
1
Remove the plug (Item 1), and flow control spool (Item 2)
N-19072 [Figure 20-90-11].
Check the flow control spool for wear, check the O-ring
Remove the flow adjustment valve and O-ring (Item 1) on the plug and replace as needed.
[Figure 20-90-9]
Figure 20-90-12
NOTE: Always install new O-rings before any parts
are installed into the valve. Check the parts
for wear or damage and replace as needed.
Figure 20-90-10
3
N-19042
Figure 20-90-13
N-19045
Figure 20-90-14
1
N-19046
Figure 20-100-1
2
1 1
1 3
P-43772
P-43681
P-43711
Figure 20-100-5
1 P-43708
Figure 20-100-6
P-43693
Figure 20-100-10
1
1
1
P-48751
Figure 20-100-9
1 P-48755
Figure 20-100-11
2 2 2
P-48752
1
Installation: Put oil on O-rings and back-up Remove the shuttle valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-100-10] &
washers.Tighten to 10 ft.-lb. (13,6 N•m) torque. [Figure 20-100-11] from diverter valve and inspect the
O-rings and back-up washers (Item 2) [Figure 20-100-
11] for damage.
Figure 20-100-12
P-48753
1
Figure 20-100-15
P-48755
Figure 20-100-13 1
2
2
2
1
P-48754
Figure 20-100-16
1
P-48761
1
2
P-48760
Figure 20-100-19 1
P-48763A
Figure 20-100-22
P-48762
Figure 20-100-20
1 2
2 2
1 1 P-48764
Figure 20-100-23
P-48765
Figure 20-100-24
P-48786
Figure 20-100-27
P9137
P-48758
Use a test meter to measure coil resistance [Figure 20-
100-28]. Coil wires do not have polarity. Correct
Remove the plugs (Item 1) [Figure 20-100-27]. resistance is 8.6-9.5 ohms @ 68 degrees Fahrenheit.
Installation: Tighten the plug to 14 ft.-lb. (19 N•m) Replace the test meter with 12 volt power. You can see
torque. and hear the spool shift.
Inspection
2 2
2
IMPORTANT
P-26908
Figure 20-110-1
1
1
1
P-26909
P-26244
Remove the four mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-
3].
Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 25-28 ft.-lb.
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.) (34-38 N•m) torque.
Remove the power Bob-Tach block.
S220 Bobcat Loader
20-110-1 Service Manual
POWER BOB-TACH BLOCK (EARLY MODELS) Figure 20-110-6
(CONT'D)
Figure 20-110-4
P-26105
2
Clean the block (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-4] to remove dirt Figure 20-110-7
before disassembly. Block ports are labeled for correct
assembly.
Figure 20-110-5
P-26107
Figure 20-110-8
P-26113
Figure 20-110-9
P-26208
3
1
2
3 P-26114
2
1
Check the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-110-11] on the plug
4 and replace as needed.
5
P-26112
Check the O-ring (Item 3) [Figure 20-110-11] and
replace as needed.
Remove the relief piston (Item 2), spring (Item 3), ball
seat spring guide (Item 4) [Figure 20-110-9].
Figure 20-110-12
P-26120
Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-12] & [Figure Figure 20-110-15
20-110-13].
Figure 20-110-13
4
3
2
2
1
P-26122
Remove the first coil (Item 2), spacer (Item 3) and the Check the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-110-15] and
second coil (Item 4) [Figure 20-110-13]. replace as needed.
Figure 20-110-16
P-26125
Figure 20-110-17
2
1
3 P-26127
2
1
Remove the pilot piston (Item 2) [Figure 20-110-19].
3 P-26309 Check the O-ring (Item 3) [Figure 20-110-19] and
replace as needed.
Figure 20-110-20
P-26130
Figure 20-110-21
2
1
3 P-26132
1
Remove the orifice (Item 2) [Figure 20-110-23] with a 5/
32 inch allen wrench.
2 P-26129
Installation: Tighten the orifice to 5 ft.-lb. (6,8 N•m)
torque.
Check the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-110-21] and
replace as needed.
Figure 20-110-24
3
2
1
4
P-26136
P-26133 Remove the ball seat spring guide (Item 3) [Figure 20-
110-26].
Make sure orifice is clean and not plugged [Figure 20- Check the O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 20-110-26] and
110-24]. replace as needed.
1
P-26134
P-26137
Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-25] & [Figure Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-27].
20-110-26].
Installation: Tighten the plug to 120 in.-lb. (13,6 N•m)
Installation: Tighten the plug to 198 in.-lb. (22,4 N•m) torque.
torque.
Figure 20-110-28
1
1 P-26141
Figure 20-110-29
1
P-26141
1
P-26140
Figure 20-110-32
2
1
3
P-26143
2
2
IMPORTANT P-48590
Figure 20-111-1
1
1
1
1
P-48591
P-26244
Remove the four mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-111-
3].
Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 25-28 ft.-lb.
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.) (34-38 N•m) torque.
Remove the power Bob-Tach block.
S220 Bobcat Loader
20-111-1 Service Manual
POWER BOB-TACH BLOCK (LATER MODELS) Figure 20-111-5
(CONT'D)
Figure 20-111-4
3
1
4
2 1
P-48120
Remove the spring guide (Item 1), spring (Item 2) and the
spool (Item 3) [Figure 20-111-5].
P-48115
Check the O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 20-111-5] on the plug
and replace as needed.
Clean the block (Item 1) [Figure 20-111-4] to remove dirt
before disassembly. Block ports are labeled for correct Figure 20-111-6
assembly.
IMPORTANT 1
Figure 20-111-7
1
P-48122
Figure 20-111-8
2
1
P-48384
3
Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-111-10], inspect
P-48119 the O-ring and replace as needed.
2
1
P-48106
Figure 20-111-12
1
1
2
P-48386
Figure 20-111-15 1
P-48174
1
Remove the screened orifice plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-
111-17].
P-48175
Installation: Tighten the screened orifice plug to to 11-
12 ft.-lb. (14,9-16,3 N•m) torque.
Remove the armature rod assembly (Item 1) [Figure 20-
111-15]. Figure 20-111-18
Figure 20-111-16
2
2
1
1
P-48138
P-48173
Inspect the screened orifice plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-
111-18] for damage replace as needed. If the screened
Inspect the solenoid stem (Item 1), armature assembly orifice plug is blocked replace with a new plug.
(Item 2) and the spool (Item 3) for damage [Figure 20-
111-16]. Check the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-111-18] and
replace as needed.
NOTE: If the solenoid stem is damaged (Item 1) check
the armature assembly (Item 2) for damage.
IMPORTANT 1
Figure 20-120-1
P-34661
2 Figure 20-120-3
6 2
4
5 3
P-31242
1
2
P-34665
P-34664
Troubleshooting
WARNING
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting problems which are Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs
most common. Many of the recommended procedures or service. Failure to make correct repairs or
must be done by authorized Bobcat service personnel adjustments can cause injury or death.
only. W-2004-1285
PROBLEM CAUSE
No drive on one side, in one direction. 1, 2
No drive on one side in both directions. 2, 3, 4, 5
The loader does not move in a straight line. 2, 3, 5, 6, 7
The hydrostatic system is overheating. 8, 9
Replenishing Valve Function 1. To give replacement fluid to the low pressure side of
the hydrostatic circuit. Replacement fluid is needed
because of normal internal leakage and the controlled
flow to the oil cooler for cooling; Function 1 [Figure
IMPORTANT 30-10-1].
Figure 30-10-1
CHARGE OIL
1
1
1 2
1
1
1
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless N-17876
N-17874 1
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support Device on
Page 10-20-1.) P5405
Mark the hoses for correct installation. See Removal and Installation on Page 30-22-1 to
remove the motor carrier.
Disconnect the case drain hose (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-
1].
Parts Identification
4
5
4 6
8 7
9
10
11
12
13
23
25
15
28
29 14
16
22 16
24 21
20
19
18
26
17
27
30
B-17125
Disassembly 1
Figure 30-20-4
N-17863
2
Remove the cam ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-6] from the
N-17861 motor housing.
Figure 30-20-7
Remove the piston/roller section (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-
4] from the motor. 1
Figure 30-20-5
N-17864
IMPORTANT
1
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
1
Figure 30-20-8
N-17869
Figure 30-20-11
N-17865
Use a brass drift punch, thru the stop pin hole (Item 1) to
remove the distributor (Item 2) [Figure 30-20-8].
Figure 30-20-9 1
N-17870
N-17866
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-20-12
2 1
P5765
1 2 3 4
Remove the plug (Item 1) spring (Item 2) shim (Item 3) NOTE: Put all the roller/piston assembly back in their
and poppet (Item 4) [Figure 30-20-12]. original position.
2 3 4 2 1
N-17871 N-17870
Remove the plug (Item 1) springs (Item 2) spool (Item 3) Clean all parts in clean solvent and use air pressure to
and washer (Item 4) [Figure 30-20-13]. dry them. DO NOT use cloth or paper because small
pieces of material can get into the system and cause
Inspect all parts and replace as needed. damage.
Inspection (Cont'd)
Figure 30-20-16
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
Figure 30-20-18
P5753
2 1
Check the cam ring inside surface for wear and scratches
[Figure 30-20-16].
Figure 30-20-17
P5765
Dip the roller/piston assembly into oil and install into the
bore in the cylinder.
P5759
Repeat for each roller/piston assembly.
Check the cylinder block surface for scratches [Figure
30-20-17].
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-20-19
1 2 3 1 4
N-17871
1
Install the spring (Item 1) spool (Item 2) washer (Item 3)
N-17870 [Figure 30-20-21] and spring into the rear housing.
Figure 30-20-22
4 3 2 1
N-17869
N-17872
Put grease on the springs (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-20] to
hold them in place.
Install the poppet (Item 1) the shim (Item 2) spring (Item
Install the springs into the distributor. 3) [Figure 30-20-22] into the rear housing.
Install the plug into the rear housing and tighten to 9-11
ft-lb. (12-15 N•m) torque.
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-20-23
N-17862
Figure 30-20-24 1
2 3
N-17863
1
Install the cam ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-26] on the
rear housing and align the mounting bolt holes.
N-17868
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-20-27
N-17860
Figure 30-20-28
N-17861
Figure 30-21-2
WARNING
1
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm N-22484
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death. Disconnect the hydraulic hose (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-2]
W-2059-0598 that goes to the two-speed port on the two-speed/brake
block.
Figure 30-21-1
Disconnect the hydraulic hose (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-2]
that goes to the brake port on the two-speed/brake block.
Figure 30-21-3
1 1
1
N-22483
Figure 30-21-4
1
2
1
2
N-22487
Remove the eight flange bolts (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-4] Remove the motor from the loader.
from the high pressure hoses on the motor.
Figure 30-21-7
Installation: Install the lower collar to the motor and
connect the high pressure hoses behind the collar, then
install the upper collar and tighten the bolts to 25 ft.-lb.
(34 N•m) torque.
Figure 30-21-5 1
N-22535
Parts Identification
8
7
6
5
4
3
29
2 28
27 30
9
17
16 18 25
25 26
15
31
38
33
10
32
11 37
35 36
21 34
19
22 24
20 48
14
23
47
13 46
12 49
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
B-16392
Ref. Description
1. Motor
2. Distributor
3. Spring
4. Seal/O-ring
5. Seal/O-ring
6. Seal/O-ring
7. Seal/O-ring
8. Seal/O-ring
9. Bushing
10. Roller
11. Piston
12. Block
13. Cam
14. Quad Ring
15. Plug
16. O-ring
17. Locating Pin
18. Housing
19. Shim
20. O-ring
21. Poppet
22. Spring
23. Plug
24. Bolt
25. Spring
26. Spool
27. Washer
28. O-ring
29. Plug
30. Housing
31. Quad Ring
32. Snap Ring
33. Snap Ring
34. Spool
35. Spring
36. Washer
37. Quad Ring
38. Bolt
39. Shaft
40. Brake Disc-Outer
41. Brake Disc-Inner
42. Seal
43. Piston
44. O-ring
45. Washer
46. Washer
47. Gasket
48 Cover
49. Bolt
Disassembly
Figure 30-21-8 2
1 3
N-22491
Figure 30-21-11
1
2
1
N-22490
N-22493
Remove the twelve mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-
21-9] from the brake cover plate.
Remove the piston from the brake housing (Item 1)
NOTE: Unscrew the bolts alternately, one turn at a [Figure 30-21-11].
time to release the preload on the end cap.
NOTE: The use of air pressure through the brake line
connection (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-11] will aid
in piston removal.
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-21-12
1
1 2
N-22496
Figure 30-21-15
Remove the eight mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-
12] from the brake housing.
1
Remove the brake housing (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-12]
from the rear housing.
Figure 30-21-13
1
2
N-22497
N-22495
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-21-16
1
1 2
N-22502
1
2
4
3
N-22501
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-21-20
1 1
2 4 3
N-22506
Figure 30-21-23
Remove the spring (Item 1), washer (Item 2), and and
rear spring (Item 3) from the spool (Item 4) [Figure 30-
21-20].
Figure 30-21-21
1
2
3
N-22507
1
Inspect the poppet (Item 1), shim (Item 2) and spring
(Item 3) [Figure 30-21-23] for wear and replace as
needed.
N-22505
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-21-24
1 1
N-22511
Remove the cam ring mount bolts, and remove the cam 1
ring from the housing.
Figure 30-21-25
N-22512
2
N-22509
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-21-28
N-22516
N-22521
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-21-32
2 1
N-22519
Remove the six seals (Item 1), and six back-up O-rings
N-22522 (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-34] from the distributor.
Figure 30-21-33
N-22523
Inspection
Figure 30-21-35
N-22510
Check the cam ring inside surface for wear and scratches
N-22498 [Figure 30-21-37].
Figure 30-21-38
Clean all parts in clean solvent and use air pressure to
dry them. Do Not use cloth or paper because small
pieces of material can get into the system and cause
damage. 3
Figure 30-21-36
2
N-22526
N-22520
Figure 30-21-39
N-22511
N-22514
NOTE: Always use new O-rings and seals when
assembling the motor and brake assemblies.
Check the brake shaft (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-39] for
wear and replace as needed. Dip the roller/piston assembly (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-40]
in oil and replace back its original bore.
Check the brake shaft snap ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-
39] and replace as needed. Repeat procedure for each roller/piston assembly.
Figure 30-21-41
N-22518
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-21-42
1
1
N-22515
Figure 30-21-45
Install a new bushing (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-42] in the
distributor if the old bushing was removed.
Figure 30-21-43
N-22516
Assembly (Cont'd)
1
Figure 30-21-46
N-22509
Install the cam ring to the rear housing and start the
Install the brake shaft (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-46] in the mount bolts and finger tighten.
housing.
Figure 30-21-49
Figure 30-21-47
1 1
N-22508
N-22512
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-21-50
1
1 2
N-18348
Install a new O-ring on the housing assembly (Item 1) The normal thickness of the individual brake disc is .039
[Figure 30-21-50] and lightly smear with grease. in. (1 mm).
Install the two speed spool (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-50]. If the individual disc's thickness is .037 in. (0,95 mm) or
less, replace the complete disc pack.
Figure 30-21-51
Figure 30-21-53
1
1 2
N-22496
N-22529
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-21-54
N-22533
Figure 30-21-55
1
N-22498
Lightly coat the piston with oil and install a new piston
seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-57].
N-22532
End the disc pack with an outer disc (Item 1) [Figure 30-
21-55].
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-21-58
2
1
1
N-22534
)
) d = 6 in. 3 (Squared) = 9 1432 = 159 PSI
2 9
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-21-61
N-22491
Figure 30-21-62
N-22490
Slide the motor carrier toward the rear and remove the
rear drive chain.
WARNING Figure 30-22-2
Figure 30-22-1
P5467
Remove the fluid from the chaincase. (See CHAINCASE Slide the motor carrier out of the chaincase far enough to
on Page 40-30-1.) install a chain and chain hoist to the carrier [Figure 30-
22-2].
Remove the front axle. (See DRIVE COMPONENTS on
Page 40-20-1.) Remove the case drain filter (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-2]
from the hydraulic reservoir.
Figure 30-22-3
P5488
Parts Identification
1. Shaft
2. Bearing
3. Race
4. Housing
5. Seal (2)
6. Race
7. Bearing
8. Snap Ring
1
2
3
4
5
6
16 7
TS-1227A
1 1
P5756
P5760
P5766
P5768
Figure 30-22-8
P5764
P5761
The tool listed will be needed to the following procedure:
Install the bearing puller tool under the bearing flange, MEL1431 - Seal Driver Tool
use the hydraulic press to remove the bearing from the
shaft [Figure 30-22-8]. Install the first seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-10] into the
housing with the seal lip facing away from you.
Figure 30-22-9
Use the tool (Item 2) [Figure 30-22-10] as shown in the
figure.
Figure 30-22-11
2
1
2
P5763
Assembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-22-12
1
1
P5769
Figure 30-23-1
1
1
P5467
Raise the lift arm and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support Device on
Page 10-20-1.)
on Page 40-30-1.)
Remove the front axle. (See DRIVE COMPONENTS on Slide the motor carrier toward the rear and remove the
Page 40-20-1.) rear drive chain.
If the motor carrier is removed from the right side, remove NOTE: For easier access for the motor carrier
the lift arm by-pass control valve. (See Removal And coming out and going into the chaincase, tie
Installation on Page 20-50-1.) and remove the hydraulic the front drive chain to the chaincase with a
control valve. (See Removal And Installation on Page 20- wire [Figure 30-23-2].
42-5.)
Slide the motor carrier out of the chaincase far enough to
Remove the six mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-23-1] install a chain and chain hoist to the carrier [Figure 30-
from the carrier. 23-2].
Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 330 ft.-lb. NOTE: When installing the motor carrier into the
(447 N•m) torque. loader, use caution to protect the wheel speed
washer from damage.
Parts Identification
1 2 3 4 6
5
4
3 7
PE-1395A
Ref. Description
1. Snap Ring
2. Spacer
3. Bearing
4. Race
5. Seal
6. Housing
7. Speed Washer
8. Shaft
1
P5760
P-28155
P5766
Disassembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-23-7
2
P-28158
Figure 30-23-8 1
P-28162
P-28157
Figure 30-23-11
2
2 1
P5764
Figure 30-23-13
P5762
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-23-14
P-28160
Figure 30-23-15
1 P-28162
P-28162
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-23-18
1
1
P-28161
Figure 30-23-19
P-5769
1
Install the shaft/bearing assembly into the housing.
2 4
1 3
P-43924
P-43196
Figure 30-30-2
3
2
P-43925
Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support
Device on Page 10-20-1.)
1
2
P-37705
1 P-43926
P-37704
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
N-17231
Figure 30-30-9
Figure 30-30-11
P-43856
Figure 30-40-1
N-15339
1
Remove the nut and washer (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-3]
N-15337 from the hydrostatic pump drive shaft.
Remove the belt shield clips (Item 1) and belt shield (Item
2) [Figure 30-40-1].
Figure 30-40-2
P-37270
Figure 30-40-4
P-37274
Figure 30-40-5
1
P-37273
N-19566
5 4
8 3
7
6
2
9 1
13 14
10 15
11
12 17
19
21 16
23 18
25 20
27
22
29 24
26
28
38
30 33
36
34 32
31
37
35 46
47 48
40
42 45
39 44
49
41
43
D-2427
4
17 6
16
11 8
1
14 2
13 10 3
5
12
7
9
15
22
23
18
19 21
20 24
28
30
32 25
26
27
34
29
38 36
31
33
35
47
37
46
39 45
44
48 43
49 42
50 40
51
52 58
41
53
53 52 57
59
55
56
54
D-2428B
Figure 30-40-10
1
1
2
1
1
P-43858
1
P-43860
Mark the pump, to aid in reassembly.
Remove the two pump mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure Remove the four mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-
30-40-10] (both sides). 12].
Figure 30-40-11
1
N-19570
P-43859
Figure 30-40-14
3 1
1
N-19551
2 3
Figure 30-40-15
1 1
P-43904
N-19550
Disassembly (Cont’d)
1
Figure 30-40-18
2
1
N-17198
N-17199
Disassembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-40-22
1
3 3
2
2 1
3 3
3
N-17481
Check the ball guide retainer (Item 1) and washer (Item Figure 30-40-25
2) [Figure 30-40-22] for wear and replace as needed.
Figure 30-40-23
N-17239
N-17201
Disassembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-40-26 1
1
N-17242
Figure 30-40-29
Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-26] from
the pump housing and remove the driveshaft and bearing
from the housing.
Figure 30-40-27
1 1
N-17243
1
Disassembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-40-30
2
2
1
1
1 N-17246
Remove the O-ring (Item 1) and bearing race (Item 2) Figure 30-40-33
[Figure 30-40-30] from the pump housing.
Figure 30-40-31
2
N-17247
Disassembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-40-34
1 N-17249
Figure 30-40-37
Inspect the seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-34] in the upper
trunnion cover and replace if needed.
Figure 30-40-35
1 N-17251
2
Slide the swashplate from side to side and remove the
N-17248 tapered roller bearing (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-37] from
the swashplate shaft.
Disassembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-40-38
N-17252
Figure 30-40-41
Tilt the swashplate (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-38] and
remove the swashplate and lower bearing from the pump
housing.
Assembly
Figure 30-40-39
1
1 2
N-17249
N-17253
Assembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-40-42
N-17246
Figure 30-40-43
N-17247
Assembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-40-45
2
N-17243
Figure 30-40-48
N-17244
N-17242
Install the bearing race (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-45] and O-
ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-40-45] at the lower trunnion as
shown in [Figure 30-40-46]. Install the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-48] on the
pump shaft.
Assembly (Cont’d)
1
1
Figure 30-40-49
1
1 2 3
1
N-17200
N-17240 N-17199
Install the pump shaft into the pump housing [Figure 30- Install the ball guide retainer and washer (Item 1) [Figure
40-50]. 30-40-52] onto the slipper holddown pins.
Assembly (Cont’d)
1
2
Figure 30-40-53
N-17194
Assemble the piston assemblies into the slipper guide. Figure 30-40-56
Lubricate the pistons and cylinder block bores and insert
the piston assemblies into the cylinder bores [Figure 30-
40-53].
Lay the pump housing on its side and install the cylinder
block, piston assembly into the housing. 2
1
Figure 30-40-54
N-17196
Assembly (Cont’d)
1 1
Figure 30-40-57
N-19550
Install the valve plate and end cap on the pump housing.
P-43904 Tighten the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-59] to 35-45 ft.-
lb. (47-61 N•m) torque.
Coat the backside of the valve plate with petroleum jelly Figure 30-40-60
to hold it in position and install the valve plate onto the
charge pump, bronze face up [Figure 30-40-57].
Figure 30-40-58 1
2
1
N-19571
1
Install the two small O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-60].
Assembly (Cont’d)
Figure 30-40-61
N-19570
Figure 30-40-62
1
P-43858
Figure 30-41-1
1
1
P-26465
Raise the lift arms and install and approved lift arm
support device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support
Device on Page 10-20-1.)
Figure 30-41-2
P-26469
P-26464
Figure 30-41-5
1 2
1
P-26472
P-26473
Align the summing link pin (Item 1) on the pump with the
bore (Item 2) [Figure 30-41-8] in the pump controller
module.
P-26471
Installation:
Figure 30-41-9
2 1
1 2
P-26469
7
4
3
1 (8)
P-26465
2
Install the control spool bore plug (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-
12] in the pump and tighten to 30-70 ft.-lb. (41-94 N•m)
torque.
5
6 Connect the electrical connectors (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-
P-30692 12] to the loader harness.
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286 1
P-45238
P-26475
Figure 30-41-17
2 38-05
3
P-26476
Three audible beeps will sound and an error code (Item 38-05
2) [Figure 30-41-17] (38-05 & 38-07) will be displayed if
the operator presses the PRESS FOR CODES,
(LIGHTS) switch (Item 3) [Figure 30-41-17].
Figure 30-41-18 1
P-26477A
P-26479
3
1
P-26477A
Figure 30-41-22 Start the engine from the RUN, RUN/ENTER position.
DO NOT TURN TO OFF POSITION. This would cancel
the calibration mode and the procedure would have to be
repeated.
P-26474
Figure 30-41-24
P-26482
WARNING
operator must shut the loader OFF, and start
the calibration procedure from the beginning.
Hydrostatic Pump Calibration (Cont'd) Stop the engine, and remove the loader from jackstands.
Figure 30-41-27
P-26483
2
The loader wheels will rotate a short distance in reverse Remove the belt shield clips (Item 1) and belt shield (Item
each time it sees a pulse. 2) [Figure 30-41-27].
The four wheels will then go to Full Speed Reverse. Figure 30-41-28
Continue holding the joystick in the reverse position until
the wheels stop and there is an audible beep. Reverse
calibration is complete.
The calibration procedure is completed. Loosen the stop mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-
28].
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button. Move
the joystick to forward position [Figure 30-41-25] and Loosen the spring tension bolt (Item 2) [Figure 30-41-
check for normal forward wheel rotation. 28].
1
P5658
Figure 30-41-32
N-15339
Figure 30-41-30
P-28072
Install the nut on the end of the pump drive shaft (without
washer).
Figure 30-41-33
P-28073
2 5 1
23
24 25
26
20 21 27
19 28 21
22 29 20
18
17 19
14 30 18 17
13 16 33
4 23 16 33
6 15 31 34
7 29 34
8 32
35 36
9
3
39
37
10
11 38
66 42 43 41 40
68 46
70 65 44 45 48
67 47 49
52
69 51
64 63 64
5
43 63 50 55
15
14 53
72 54
71 73 56
32
75 74
76 31
28
73 27
77 57
26
25 78
23 25 58
60 61 34
24
62 33
59
60
B-16054A
5
2
1
23
22
25
26
23 27
19
28
18 20 21
29
22
17 19
16 18
14 30 17
13 23 33
16
4
29 34 33
6 15 31 34
7 32
8
56 35 36
9
3
39 38
10
11
38
12 66 41 40
42 43 46
68
70 44 45 48
65 47
49
67
69 51 52
63 64
64
43 63 50
55
15
14
72 53
54
71
73
75 74 32
31
76 28
73 27
57
25 26
77
78 23 25 58
60
61 34
24
62 59
33
60
B-16055A
Figure 30-41-34
2
1
1
1
1 P-28615
There are four system check relief valves (Item 1) Figure 30-41-37
[Figure 30-41-34] in the hydrostatic pump. Two are
located on the back side of each pump half.
Figure 30-41-35
1
1
P-28616
Figure 30-41-38
1 1
P-28613
1
2
P-28614
P-28625
Install the valve seat plug (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-39] in Mark the plug (Item 1) the lock nut (Item 2) and the
the pump, and tighten to 30-70 ft.-lb. (40-95 N•m) torque. housing (Item 3) [Figure 30-41-41] for ease of assembly.
Figure 30-41-42 1
2
P-28627
Figure 30-41-43
2
1
2
3 1
P-28625
Install the plug (Item 1) and its lock nut (Item 2) [Figure
P-28627 30-41-45], align the marks made during disassembly.
Tighten to 34-42 ft.-lb. (47-57 N•m) torque.
Pump Separation 1
Figure 30-41-46
P-28640
2 1
Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-48].
P-28638
Figure 30-41-47
P-28639
Figure 30-41-49
P-28643
Figure 30-41-50 1
P-28648
Figure 30-41-53
P-28646
Press a new seal into the shaft bearing side of the seal
carrier (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-53].
Figure 30-41-54
P-28753
Figure 30-41-57
P-28646
Install the bearing and snap ring on the shaft [Figure 30-
41-59].
P-28752
Figure 30-41-60
Figure 30-41-58
P-28645
Figure 30-41-61
P-28648
P-28641
Figure 30-41-65
P-28669
Figure 30-41-66
2
1 1 P-28670
P-28667
Figure 30-41-69
P-28673
P-28674
1
Figure 30-41-73
P-28675
1
Inspect the inner gerotor assembly (Item 1) [Figure 30-
2
41-75] for scratches and wear, if it must be replaced,
P-28675 replace both the outer and inner gerotors as a set.
P-28675A
P-28757 Inspect the gerotor drive key (Item 1) and retainer ring
(Item 2) [Figure 30-41-76], and replace as needed.
P-28673
Figure 30-41-78 2
1
4
2 P-28672
3
Install the outer gerotor (Item 1) and gerotor cover
1
alignment pin (Item 2) [Figure 30-41-80].
P-28675
Figure 30-41-81
1 1
P-28670
Figure 30-41-82
1
2 P-28669
Figure 30-41-85
1
1
P-28678
1
Figure 30-41-88
Align the charge pump cover on the alignment pins.
Install the six cover bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-85] and
tighten to 26-32 ft.-lb. (36-43 N•m) torque.
1
Disassembly
Figure 30-41-86
P-28679
1
Remove the gasket (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-88] from side
cover.
P-28677
Remove the shaft and shaft seal. (See Shaft Seal And
Shaft Replacement on Page 30-41-19.)
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-41-89 1
P-28683
2
Figure 30-41-92
Lift the swash plate (Item 1) and remove cylinder block
(Item 2) [Figure 30-41-89].
Figure 30-41-90
1
1
P-28684
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-41-93
P-28687
Figure 30-41-94
1 1
P-26469
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-41-97
P-28698
Figure 30-41-98
P-28691
P-28689
Disassembly (Cont'd)
1
Figure 30-41-101
2
1
2
1
P-28700
Figure 30-41-102
P-28701
Disassembly (Cont'd)
1
Figure 30-41-105
1
1
P-28705
Figure 30-41-106
1
P-28706
Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-41-109 1
1
1 P-28744
Figure 30-41-110
P-28743
Inspection
2
Figure 30-41-112
1
P-28747
Figure 30-41-113
1 1
1
P-28750
P-28746
Check the pump housing and housing piston bore (Item
1) [Figure 30-41-115] for piston seal fragments,
Check the cylinder bores (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-113] for scratches or damage.
grooves or scratches.
Inspection (Cont'd)
Figure 30-41-116
1
1
P-28755
Figure 30-41-117
P-28756
P-28751
Check the swash plate needle bearing (Item 1) [Figure
30-41-119] and replace as needed, as this bearing is a
Check the valve plate for wear. Run a finger nail over the serviceable part.
diameter of the sealing land surface (Item 1) [Figure 30-
41-117]. It should be free of deep groves.
Inspection (Cont'd)
1
Figure 30-41-120
P-28699
Figure 30-41-121
P-28690
P-28679
Inspection (Cont'd)
Figure 30-41-124
1 1
P-28695
Figure 30-41-127
Check the linkage pivot bolt (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-124]
for wear and replace as needed.
Figure 30-41-125
1 P-28697
Assembly
Figure 30-41-128
P-28787
2
1
P-28786
P-28788
Install the non-tie bolt end of the servo piston into the
housing first [Figure 30-41-131].
Figure 30-41-132
P-28783
P-28785
Spin the servo cover down as far as possible and slide
the piston back in the housing so the servo cover is
Push the servo piston through the housing far enough holding the gasket against the housing [Figure 30-41-
that the other O-ring and piston seal may be installed 134].
(Item 1) [Figure 30-41-132].
Install the five servo cover mount bolts and finger tighten.
NOTE: Do not let the tie bolt end of the piston ring
pass completely through its bore. This will Figure 30-41-135
cause damage to the new piston rings earlier
installed.
1 1
Install the new O-ring and piston ring.
1
1
P-28782
P-28784
Push the servo piston back through the bore so the tie
bolt sticks back out of the housing and the piston is
almost flush with the housing [Figure 30-41-133].
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-41-136
1
1
1
P-28780
1 1
Tighten the tie bolt end, mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-
41-136] to 11-13 ft.-lb. 15-17,5 N•m) torque.
Figure 30-41-137
P-28763
P-28781
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-41-140
1 2
1
3
P-28776
1
2
P-28777
P-28775
Install the end of the feedback link containing the hole Install the linkage pivot screw (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-
(Item 1) [Figure 30-41-140] into the servo piston slot 143] and tighten to 6-11 ft.-lb. (8-15 N•m) torque.
(Item 2) [Figure 30-41-141].
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-41-144
1
P-28772
Figure 30-41-147
Install the summing link (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-144] on to
the feedback link pin.
Figure 30-41-145
P-28771
Assembly (Cont'd)
1
Figure 30-41-148
P-28687
Figure 30-41-149
1
P-28768
P-28770
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-41-152
P-28766
2
Figure 30-41-155
Install the pump valve plate (Item 1) and engage the
valve plate timing pin (Item 2) [Figure 30-41-152].
Figure 30-41-153
P-28765
Install the swash plate and needle bearing into the servo
piston cavity (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-155].
P-28767
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-41-156
P-28743
Figure 30-41-157
P-28681
P-28749
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-41-160
P-28764
Figure 30-41-161
1
1
P-28779
P-28680
Press down on the swash plate, with a clean rubber
mallet.
Lift the end of the swash plate (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-
160] and insert the cylinder block assembly (Item 1) Install the side cover/swash plate bearing assembly (Item
[Figure 30-41-161]. 1) [Figure 30-41-163] into the pump housing.
Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 30-41-164
1
P-28791
P-28790
Figure 30-41-167
P-28790
Figure 30-41-168
P-28790
1
P-28791 Turn the adjustment screw (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-170]
clockwise, until one of the gauges registers an increase
in system pressure. Mark the position of the adjustment
Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 30-41-168] from the screw.
M2 port on the front side of the pump, and install a 7500
PSI pressure gauge.
Figure 30-41-171
P-28790
P-28790
Figure 30-41-174
1
1
P-28790
Figure 30-41-177
1
P-28791
Loosen the control spool neutral adjustment seal lock nut Figure 30-41-180
(Item 1) [Figure 30-41-177].
Start the loader using the remote start tool and run at an
idle.
Figure 30-41-178
1
P-28791
Figure 30-41-181
P-28791
Figure 30-50-1
1
1
2
P-34915
P-34906
The drive belt idler arm stop is located on the left side of
the engine block.
Stop the engine.
Remove the engine air cleaner. (See AIR CLEANER on
Open the rear door. Page 70-40-1.)
There are three belt shield holddown clips. Loosen the bolt (Item 1) and slide the stop (Item 2)
[Figure 30-50-3] against the idler arm. Tighten the bolt.
Remove the three belt shield holddown clips (Item 1)
[Figure 30-50-1]. There is no adjustment for the spring, just make sure the
spring bolt (Item 3) [Figure 30-50-3] is tight.
Figure 30-50-2
Replacement
P-34907
Figure 30-50-4
2
1 1
P-34915
P-34265
Remove the belt shield. (See Shield Removal And
Installation on Page 30-50-1.)
Remove the fan drive belt from the tension pulley (Item 1)
[Figure 30-50-4]. Remove the engine air cleaner. (See AIR CLEANER on
Page 70-40-1.)
Figure 30-50-5
Remove the stop mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-
6].
Figure 30-50-7
P-34914
1
Remove the drive belt from the hydrostatic pump pulley
and flywheel pulley [Figure 30-50-5].
1
2
P5560
P5553
P-34918
Figure 30-50-12
P5551
P5561
Remove the base end bolt (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-14]
from the spring block.
Remove the pulley mounting bolt [Figure 30-50-12].
Remove the tension spring from the engine housing.
Figure 30-50-13
Figure 30-50-15
P5559
P5563
1
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
P-37018
Figure 30-60-1
1 Figure 30-60-3
P-37017
Drain the coolant from the radiator and remove the P-37019
radiator coolant tank.
Remove the two radiator coolant tank mount bolts (Item The connector will release from the radiator [Figure 30-
1) [Figure 30-60-1]. 60-3].
Remove the mount from the loader. Repeat the procedure for the other hose and fitting on the
cooler.
Figure 30-60-4
P-37020
Lift the oil cooler from the mount and remove it from the
loader.
BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-10-1
Disc Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-10-1
WARNING P-34231
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless Remove the crossmember pivot bolt (Item 1) [Figure 40-
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm 10-2].
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment Remove the bolts and nuts (Item 2) [Figure 40-10-2]
to fall and cause injury or death. and remove pivot mount from the crossmember.
W-2059-0598
Figure 40-10-3
Figure 40-10-1
2 1
2
1
P-34125
P-34230
Disconnect the linkage from the control valve tilt spool
(Item 1) [Figure 40-10-3].
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support Disconnect the crossmember from the control valve lift
Device on Page 10-20-1.) spool (Item 1) [Figure 40-10-3].
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab
on Page 10-30-1.)
Figure 40-10-4
1
1
P-34234
1 1
P7799
P-34233
Figure 40-10-8
1
P7865
Figure 40-10-11
Remove the two disc bolts (Item 1) [Figure 40-10-8]
from the disc.
Figure 40-10-9 3
3
1
2
P13003
Figure 40-11-1
1
1
2 P-34092
Figure 40-11-4
Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)
Figure 40-11-2
P-34093
P-34091
Figure 40-11-5
1
1
1
1
1
P-34097
P-34094
Mark all hydraulic hoses and fittings for proper
installation.
Disconnect the wire harness connector (Item 1) [Figure
40-11-5] from the make-up valve solenoid. Remove the hydraulic fittings (Item 1) [Figure 40-11-7]
from the block.
Figure 40-11-6
Figure 40-11-8
P-34095
P-34098
Figure 40-11-9
P-34112
2
1
P-34099 P-34111
Loosen the electrical solenoid nut (Item 1) [Figure 40-11- Use a test meter and test the brake solenoid (Item 1)
10] from the make-up valve solenoid. [Figure 40-11-12] for resistance.
Remove the brake solenoid nut (Item 2) [Figure 40-11- The resistance value for the solenoid coil can be found on
10] from the brake solenoid. the electrical schematic. (See Solenoid Test on Page 60-
10-7.)
Assembly: Tighten the nut to 60-84 in.-lb. (6,78-9,49
N•m) torque.
Figure 40-11-13
P-34105A
1 2
Assembly: Always install new O-rings. Tighten the
P-34101 solenoid valve to 20 ft.-lb. (27,1 N•m) torque.
Figure 40-11-14
1
1 P-34102
Figure 40-11-17 1
N-22610
Figure 40-11-20
P-34104
N-22611
Remove the two speed solenoid nut (Item 1) [Figure 40-
11-18].
Assembly: Always install new O-rings. Tighten the
Assembly: Tighten the nut to 60-84 in.-lb. (6,78-9,49 solenoid valve to 20 ft.-lb. (27,1 N•m) torque.
N•m) torque.
Check the O-rings [Figure 40-11-20] and replace as
needed.
Figure 40-20-3
1
2
1
P4850
Figure 40-20-2
P4849
Figure 40-20-4
P4817
Figure 40-20-5
P4814
Use a hammer, install the new axle seal until the tool is
flush with the edge of the axle tube [Figure 40-20-5].
Figure 40-20-7
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm 1
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598 2
P4850
Figure 40-20-6
Remove the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-7] and plate.
P4810
P5406
1
Push the axle out until the ram is at the end of the stroke.
Add a spacer and push the axle out again. Repeat this
P4849 procedure until the axle is out of the sprocket.
Figure 40-20-11
NEVER STAND IN-LINE OF THE HUB WHEN
REMOVING A HUB FROM AN AXLE. The hub has a
tapered fit on the axle end and can come off the axle
with great force and cause serious injury.
W-2186-0395
1
Figure 40-20-9
P-4170
.3125 inch.
(7,93 mm)
2.440 inch.
(61,9 mm)
Diameter
MC-2165
Figure 40-20-13
1
1
P4812
P-4175
Use the long driver handle (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-15]
and the bearing cup removal tool (shown in [Figure 40-
Installation: Put the spline end of the axle shaft into the 20-14]) to remove the inner bearing cup.
bearing and press the bearing onto the axle.
Figure 40-20-16
Bearing Cup
Tool
P4816
The bearing cup removal tool must fall into the recess
behind the bearing cup, drive the cup out of the axle tube 2
[Figure 40-20-16].
1
Figure 40-20-17
P5468
P5637 Put the inner cup (Item 2) [Figure 40-20-19] in the axle
tube.
To remove the outer bearing, install a bearing cup Install the long treaded rod (Item 2) [Figure 40-20-20]
removal tool (shown in [Figure 40-20-14]) on the slide into the axle tube and through the installation tool (Item
hammer. 1) [Figure 40-20-19].
Install the slide hammer/tool assembly behind the Install the nut (Item 3) [Figure 40-20-19].
bearing cup [Figure 40-20-17].
Figure 40-20-20
WARNING
1 Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
P4811
Figure 40-20-22
Install the installation tool (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-20] on
the threaded rod. Install the nut.
P5478
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support
Device on Page 10-20-1.)
Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab
on Page 10-30-1.)
To install the outer bearing cup, install the bearing cup Remove the front and rear chaincase cover. (See
CHAINCASE on Page 40-30-1.)
installation tool on the driver handle.
Remove the rear axle. (See Axle, Sprocket And Bearings
Install the bearing cup into the axle tube, and put the tool Removal And Installation on Page 40-20-3.)
into the bearing cup. Remove the fluid from the chaincase. (See CHAINCASE
on Page 40-30-1.)
Hit the driver handle with a hammer until the bearing cup NOTE: Remove the rear axle and drive chain if the
is seated inside the axle tube [Figure 40-20-21]. front chain has to be removed.
Figure 40-30-1
1
2
1
P5676
Remove the control panel. (See Removal And Installation Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab
on Page 50-100-1.) on Page 10-30-1.)
Remove the mounting bolts from the front chaincase Remove the mounting bolts from the rear chaincase
cover (Item 1) [Figure 40-30-1]. cover (Item 1) [Figure 40-30-2].
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
BOB-TACH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-40-1
Bob-Tach Lever And Wedge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-40-3
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-40-1
Figure 50-10-1
1 1
P-31288 P-31289
N-18463 P-43750
Disconnect the seat bar sensor (Item 1) [Figure 50-10-2] Lift on the grab handle and bottom of the operator cab
from the cab harness. slowly until the cab is all the way up and the latching
mechanism engages [Figure 50-10-4].
Lower the seat bar.
Figure 50-10-5
5 6
4
7
1
3
8
1 9
2
10
N-19383
N-18572
Figure 50-10-8
1
1
N-19219
Assemble the parts as shown for the left side of the seat
bar pivot assembly [Figure 50-10-7] & [Figure 50-10-8].
Figure 50-10-9
1
4 5
6
3 7
N-19222
1
N-19340
Turn the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-10-11] & [Figure 50-10-
12] out of the clevis.
Figure 50-10-10
Assembly: Apply LOCTITE #518 adhesive to the bolt
threads. Adjust the compression spring by turning the
bolt in past the end of the clevis three turns.
4 5 NOTE: For procedures requiring the use of LOCTITE
#518 adhesive, thoroughly clean and dry
3 affected parts before the application of
6
2 LOCTITE #518.
Figure 50-10-12
7
8 7
1
5 6
4
N-19220
3
Assemble the parts as shown for the right side of the seat 2
bar pivot assembly [Figure 50-10-9] & [Figure 50-10- 1 N-19384
10].
Seat Bar Mount (Item 1) Disassemble and assemble the seat bar compression
Mounting Nut (Item 2) spring and parts as shown in Fig. [Figure 50-10-12].
Pivot Bushing (Item 3)
Spacer Bushing (Item 4) Bolt (Item 1)
Seat Bar (Item 5) Bushing (Item 2)
Keyed Plastic Bushing (Item 6) Spring (Item 3)
Mounting Bolt (Item 7) Bushing (Item 4)
Clevis (Item 5)
Installation: Tighten the mounting bolt (Item 7) [Figure Retaining Pin (Item 6)
50-10-9] & [Figure 50-10-10] to 50-70 in.-lb. (5,6-7,9 Bushing (Item 7)
N•m) torque. Pin (Item 8)
S220 Bobcat Loader
50-10-3 Service Manual
OPERATOR CAB Figure 50-20-2
WARNING
1
Cylinder contains high pressure gas. Do not open.
Opening cylinder can release rod and cause injury or
death.
W-2113-0288
Figure 50-20-1
P-43839
Figure 50-20-3
P-43838
Figure 50-20-4
1
1
2
P-43446
1
Figure 50-20-5
N-19719
WARNING
Cylinder contains high pressure gas. Do not open.
Opening cylinder can release rod and cause injury or
death. 1
W-2113-0288
Figure 50-20-9
1
1
P-31545
Figure 50-20-10
1
P-43354
Figure 50-20-11
2 P-31289
1
P1008
Remove the cab nut and holddown plate (Item 1) [Figure
50-20-13] (both sides).
Remove the clevis (Item 1) and washer (Item 2) [Figure
50-20-11] from the end of the gas cylinder. Installation: Tighten the nut to 40-50 ft.-lb. (54-68 N•m)
torque.
Remove the gas cylinder from the outer housing.
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab
Figure 50-20-12 on Page 10-30-1.)
Figure 50-20-14
P1006
P-43840
Assembly: Install a replacement cylinder inside the
cylinder housing.
At the left side steering lever, disconnect the cab wiring
Apply a small amount of LOCTITE on the threads of the harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 50-20-14] from the
cylinder rod [Figure 50-20-12]. Baobcat Controller wiring harness.
Reinstall the washer and clevis on the cylinder rod. Move the wiring harness so it does not get caught,
because the harness will be removed with the cab.
Figure 50-20-15
1 1
2
2
P-43839
2
P-43841
Install a chain (Item 1) [Figure 50-20-17] from the
operator cab to the loader main frame to prevent the cab
Disconnect the cab electrical connector (Item 1) [Figure from tipping forward when the gas cylinders are removed.
50-20-15] from the engine electrical harness.
Remove both gas cylinders. (See Gas Cylinder Removal
Disconnect the electrical connectors (Item 2) [Figure 50- And Installation (Dual Gas Spring) on Page 50-20-1.)
20-15] if loader is equipped with options (A/C, Bucket
Position etc.).
Figure 50-20-16
P-31552
Figure 50-20-18
P-43843
Connect a sling and chain hoist to the operator cab grab Install the pivot bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-20-20] in
handles and lower (or raise) the operator cab when the the cab pivot (both sides).
gas cylinders are disconnected [Figure 50-20-18].
Install the sling under the pivot bolt and pivot of the
Figure 50-20-19 operator cab [Figure 50-20-20].
Figure 50-20-21
2
2 1
P-43838
P-43844
Remove the operator cab stop (Item 1) [Figure 50-20-
19].
Connect the slings (Items 1 & 2) [Figure 50-20-21] to a
Remove the nut (Item 2) [Figure 50-20-19] from the pivot chain hoist.
bolt (both sides).
Remove the operator cab from the loader [Figure 50-20-
Installation: Tighten the pivot bolt and nut to 25-35 ft.-lb. 21].
(34-47 N•m) torque.
Figure 50-30-1
1 1
2
1
N-20729
N-20729
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab
on Page 10-30-1.)
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab
on Page 10-30-1.) Locate the seat belt bolts under seat pan insulation
(Items 1 & 2) [Figure 50-30-3] and peel back or cut
Remove the four seat mounting nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50- insulation to gain access to the head.
30-1] and washers from the operator seat mounting
studs. Figure 50-30-4
Figure 50-30-2
2
N-20655
Figure 50-31-1
2
N-20974
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab Figure 50-31-4
on Page 10-30-1.)
Figure 50-31-2
1 N-20973
P-31288 P-31289
1
1
2 2
1
1
N-18582
1 Figure 50-31-8
N-18587
Figure 50-31-6
N-18579
Figure 50-31-9
1 1
N-18578
Figure 50-31-10
N-18583
Figure 50-31-12 1
1
1
1
N-18586
2
1
2
N-18585
Figure 50-31-15
1
2
OUTSIDE OF CAB
P16131
3 Figure 50-31-18
P16285
1 2
Remove the mounting nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-31-15]
Figure 50-40-1
1 1
P-31402
Figure 50-40-4
Tilt the Bob-Tach forward, so it is parallel to the floor. Put
blocks (approximately 3 inches) under each side of the
Bob-Tach [Figure 50-40-1].
Figure 50-40-2
1
P-31404
Use a grease gun and pump grease into the pivot pin
forcing the grease plug out of the Bob-Tach (Item 1)
[Figure 50-40-4].
P-31401
Remove the tilt cylinder rod end from the Bob-Tach (both
sides).
Figure 50-40-5
P-31406
1
Remove the retainer bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-7] from
P-31405 the Bob-Tach pin.
Figure 50-40-8
Check and replace O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-5] on
the grease plug.
Figure 50-40-6
1
1
P-31407
Figure 50-40-9
P-31410
Tilt the Bob-Tach forward, so it is parallel to the floor. Put Remove the spring/clevis (Item 2) [Figure 50-40-11]
blocks (approximately 3 inches) under each side of the assembly.
Bob-Tach [Figure 50-40-9].
Figure 50-40-12
Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-9] from the Bob-
Tach lever pivot bolt.
P-31411
2
3
Remove the wedge (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-12] out of the
bottom of the Bob-Tach
Figure 50-40-13
2 3 4
1
P5345
If the bolt (Item 1), handle pivot (Item 2), spring (Item 3)
or clevis (Item 4) [Figure 50-40-13] are damaged, put the
assembly in a vise.
2 1
1 2
P-31401
P-31379
Figure 50-41-2 1
P-31402
P-31400
Figure 50-41-5
P-31403
1
Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-7] from the Bob-
P-31404 Tach pivot pin retaining bolt (both sides).
Figure 50-41-6
1
P-31406
P-31405
Remove the retainer bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-8] from
the Bob-Tach pivot pin (both sides).
Check and replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-6]
on the grease plug.
Figure 50-41-9
P-31408
1
Remove the lever mounting nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-
P-31407 11].
Figure 50-41-10
1
P-31409
1
1 Remove the washer and spring, (Item 1) and the lever
assembly (Item 2) [Figure 50-41-12].
P-31379
Figure 50-41-13 4
1
3 2
2
N-20625
If the bolt (Item 1), handle pivot (Item 2), spring (Item 3),
P-31410 or clevis (Item 4) [Figure 50-41-15] are damaged, put the
assembly in a vise.
Use a punch and hammer to remove the roll pin (Item 1) Remove the bolt and replace the damaged parts as
[Figure 50-41-13] from the Bob-Tach Wedge and spring needed.
clevis.
Figure 50-41-14
P-31411
Figure 50-41-16
2 1
N-18557
Figure 50-50-1 2
1 1
P-45015
Figure 50-50-4
1
P-31565
P-45016
Disconnect the hydraulic hose (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-2]
from the filter that goes to the case drain on the auxiliary
hydraulic coupler. Disconnect the electrical controls harness (Item 1)
[Figure 50-50-4]. (If so equipped.)
Cap and plug the hose and filter fittings.
Pull the electrical controls harness up and out of the
Pull the hose up and out of the upright to allow for lift arm upright to allow for lift arm removal.
removal.
Figure 50-50-5
2 1 2
1
P-43780
Figure 50-50-6
1 1
P-43846
Figure 50-50-9
P-43848
Figure 50-50-10
1
1
P-43847
Figure 50-60-1
P-43827
Lift and pull the rear grill and remove it from the loader
P-43825 [Figure 50-60-3].
Figure 50-60-4
Open the rear door (Item 1) [Figure 50-60-1].
Figure 50-60-2
2
1
P-31559
P-43826 Installation: Insert the tab on the rear grill (Item 1) into
the notch (Item 2) [Figure 50-60-4] on the loader frame.
(Both sides.)
Lift the rear grill assembly (Item 1) [Figure 50-60-2] over
the muffler.
Figure 50-70-1
1
1
N-19676
Figure 50-70-2
N-19675
Figure 50-70-4
3 1
4
1 P-16367
2
P-31247
Figure 50-70-6
N-19677
1
Install a nylon sling (Item 1) [Figure 50-70-4] through the
holes for the light housings.
Remove the nuts from the top and bottom hinge bolts
(Item 2) [Figure 50-70-4] and remove the hinge bolts. The door latch (Item 1) [Figure 50-70-6] cannot be
adjusted.
Installation: Tigthen the mounting bolts and nuts to 25-
28 ft.-lb. (34-38 N•m) torque. The door stop (Item 3) is
installed in the top hinge bolt, above the stop retainer
(Item 4) [Figure 50-70-4].
Remove the rear door from the loader frame and lay it flat
on the floor.
Figure 50-80-1
1
1
N-19994
Figure 50-80-2
1
N-19995
P-37360
Lift the fuel tank and remove it from the loader frame
Remove the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-80-5] from the [Figure 50-80-7].
battery hold down plate.
Fuel Level Sender
Remove the hoedown plate from the loader.
Figure 50-80-8
Figure 50-80-6
1
1
1
P-37363
P-37359
Removal And Installation After installing the pedal, adjust the pedal so that there is
clearance under the rear of the pedal and the valve spool
Figure 50-90-1 must travel full stroke without hitting the floor panel.
1
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Adjust locking tabs on pedal control linkage so the at
lift and tilt control pedals are locked in neutral when
the seat bar is up.
W-2104-1285
P-31714
Figure 50-90-2
P-31715
Figure 50-91-1
2 1
P-21936
P-21927
Figure 50-91-2 1
P-21924
Figure 50-91-5
2
1
P-21931
1
P-21940
Remove the bolt (Item 1) holding the linkage (Item 2)
[Figure 50-91-7] to the side of the foot pedal.
Remove the pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-91-5] holding the
linkage to the sensor. Figure 50-91-8
Figure 50-91-6
3
P-21935
2
3
1
P-21932
P-21934
Remove the spacer (Item 1), linkage (Item 2), and nut
(Item 3) [Figure 50-91-8] from the foot pedal.
Tip the foot pedal up and remove the two nuts (Item 1)
[Figure 50-91-6].
WARNING Loosen the jam nut from the by-pass control knob (Item
2) [Figure 50-100-1].
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
Remove the control knob, jam nut, and rubber washer.
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
Figure 50-100-2
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
WARNING P-37874
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless Disconnect the control harness connector (Item 1)
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm [Figure 50-100-2] from the right side steering lever.
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment Figure 50-100-3
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Figure 50-100-1
2
1
2 N-19862
2
Scribe a mark across the top of the steering linkage bars
(Item 1) [Figure 50-100-3].
N-19802
Remove the four steering linkage mounting bolts (Item 2)
[Figure 50-100-3].
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support
Installation: Tighten the steering linkage mounting bolts
Device on Page 10-20-1.)
to 25-28 ft.-lb. (34-38 N•m) torque.
Figure 50-100-4 1
1
1
1
1 1
1
P-37876
1
Remove the six control panel mounting bolts (Item 1)
1
P-37875 [Figure 50-100-6] from the left side of the control panel.
1
P-37878
P-37877
3 Figure 50-100-10
1
3
2 3
1
P-4069
N-17643
Figure 50-100-11
1
2
2
3
4
P13774
Check the bearings (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-11] for wear Check the fiber washer (Item 4) [Figure 50-100-13] and
and replace as needed. replace all worn parts.
Figure 50-100-12
2
P13773
Figure 50-100-15
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598 P-39283
Figure 50-100-14 Slide the plate (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-15] to the right
and remove it from the two guide pins.
P-39282
4
2
N-17607
2
3 Check the wear on the centering blocks (Item 1) [Figure
N-17608 50-100-18].
Figure 50-100-19
The centering plate/centering spring assembly consists
of the following parts [Figure 50-100-16]: 1
ITEM DESCRIPTION
1 Centering Spring Assembly
2 Guide Bushings
3 Lock Nut
4 Centering Plate
1
Figure 50-100-17
2
1 5 N-17606
Figure 50-100-20
1 1
2
1
1
1
N-17727
Check the surface of the four pintle cams (Item 1) Figure 50-100-23
[Figure 50-100-20].
Figure 50-100-21 2
1
N-17728
The bolt is threaded into the linkage bar, remove the bolt Installation: Tighten the bolts to 11-13 ft.-lb. (21-25 N•m)
torque, then tighten the nuts to 21-25 ft.-lb. (28-33 N•m)
from underneath the pintle arm. torque.
Installation: Tighten the bolt to 11-13 ft.-lb. (21-25 N•m) The torsion bushings can now be removed from the
steering bell cranks.
torque, then tighten the nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-21]
to 21-25 ft.-lb. (28-33 N•m) torque. The linkage and the centering plate must be readjusted
for neutral after the components have been reassembled.
(See Linkage Neutral Adjustment on Page 50-100-16.)
Figure 50-100-25
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm 2
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death. P-39281
W-2059-0598
Loosen the nut (three to four turns), then loosen the bolt
Figure 50-100-24
at the linkage bar (Items 1). The bolt is threaded into the
linkage bar (Items 2) [Figure 50-100-25]. The bolt must
be loosened enough to allow the torsion bushing to turn
freely between the pintle arm and the linkage bar.
2
1
N-17728
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support Device on
Page 10-20-1.)
Figure 50-100-26
P-45087
Figure 50-100-29
P-45084
Figure 50-100-27
2
3
1
1 N-17619
Move the right side steering lever to the rear and install a
3/8 inch (10 mm) thick spacer (Item 1) between the pintle
arm cam (Item 2) and the centering block (Item 3)
[Figure 50-100-29].
P-45085
Figure 50-100-30
1
1
3 N-19812
2 1
Figure 50-100-31
N-17616
Figure 50-100-33
N-17620
Figure 50-100-35
1
1
N-17621
Start the engine, using the remote start tool, and run the
Figure 50-100-36 loader at high RPM.
Figure 50-100-38
N-17734
N-19581
Loosen the four bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-35] &
[Figure 50-100-36] holding the two centering blocks.
Move the right side centering block to the right as far as On the remote start tool, move the traction lock override
possible. switch (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-38] to the OFF position so
the traction function is unlocked. The wheels are now
NOTE: Bolt holes are slotted for pintle arm centering able to turn.
adjustment.
Move the left hand steering lever until the tires do not turn
(neutral position).
Figure 50-100-39
1
P-39281
Move the right side steering lever until the tires do not
turn (neutral position).
If the levers do not return to neutral and the tires do not N-17728
come to a complete stop, repeat the adjustment
procedure again.
Tighten the two linkage bar bolts to 21-25 ft.-lb. (28-33
Stop the engine. N•m) torque, then tighten the two nuts to 21-25 ft.-lb. (28-
33 N•m) torque at the steering cross shaft (Item 1)
Remove the remote start tool from the loader. [Figure 50-100-41].
Figure 50-100-42
P-37574
With operator in the seat and seat belt fastened, start the
loader.
Removal And Installation Remove the lift arm by-pass control knob and washer
(Item 1) [Figure 50-101-1].
WARNING
Figure 50-101-2
P-31824
Figure 50-101-1
P-26234
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm Installation: Tighten the control panel mounting bolts to
support device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support 25-28 ft.-lb. (34-38 N•m) torque.
Device on Page 10-20-1.)
Figure 50-101-4
P-26237
Figure 50-101-5
P-26227
Figure 50-101-8
1 1
P-26240
Figure 50-101-9
1
1
P-26241
Figure 50-101-12
1
1
P-26242
Figure 50-110-1 Drill out the four rivets (Item 2) [Figure 50-110-2] located
on the flange of the rubber boot and remove the old boot.
2
Install the new boot and reinstall the steering lever.
1 3
P-26798
Figure 50-110-2
2
1
P-26797
Figure 50-111-1
1 1
1
P-21864
Figure 50-111-4
2
P16572
Figure 50-111-2
1
P-21837
Figure 50-111-5
1 P-21860
Figure 50-111-6 5
2
1 4
1 P-21862
1
P-21880
P-21863
Figure 50-111-10
7
7
3
1
4
3 8
5 6
2 P-21791
Figure 50-111-12
1
P-21799
4
3
Installation: When installing the handle sensor into the
6 control handle, check the routing of the switch handle
2 5 wire harness (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-13] & [Figure 50-
P-21882 111-14] to assure proper return of the control handle to
neutral and minimize harness movement.
Remove the handle sensor (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-12]
NOTE: Route wires (Item 2) [Figure 50-111-13] &
from the handle assembly.
[Figure 50-111-14] as shown away from stop
strap (Item 3) [Figure 50-111-13] & [Figure 50-
NOTE: The handle sensor (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-12]
111-14] to avoid wire damage.
can only be replaced as a complete assembly.
NOTE: The calibration procedure must be followed
Check the spacers (Item 2), and screws (Item 3),
when replacing handle sensor, foot pedal
mounting pins (Item 4), spring (Item 5), washer (Item 6),
sensor, actuator or ACS Controller. (See
stop strap (Item 7) [Figure 50-111-12] and replace as
Calibration Of The ACS System on Page 60-
needed.
130-14.)
Figure 50-111-13
Control Handle Removal And Installation
3 Figure 50-111-15
1 1
P-21878
P-21879
Figure 50-111-16 1
2
1
2
N-17385
2
1
N-17384
N-17394
N-22658
1
Figure 50-111-23
N-22796
1
N-18417
1
1
Loosen the two u-clamps (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-22]
nuts.
Remove the control lever from the cross shaft and control
Disconnect the electrical connectors (Item 1) [Figure 50-
panel.
111-21] from the control lever switch handle.
Figure 50-111-24
2
2
1 1
N-22659
Figure 50-112-1
1
1 3
P-28312
P-28301
Disconnect the joystick harness connector (Item 1) from
the loader wiring harness (Item 2) [Figure 50-112-3].
The tools listed will be needed to do the following
procedure: Install the test harness (Item 3) [Figure 50-112-3]
between the two connectors.
MEL1608-Joystick Test Harness [Figure 50-112-1]
MEL1563-Remote Start Tool Turn the remote start key to ON position without starting
Multimeter the loader.
Figure 50-112-2 Check the voltage between pin 3 and pin 5 on the joystick
test harness (Item 3) [Figure 50-112-3].
Figure 50-112-4
1
P-28311
Figure 50-112-5
1
P-26222
Figure 50-112-6
1 P-26223
P-26221
Figure 50-112-9
1
1
P-26226
P-26224 Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support
Device on Page 10-20-1.)
Disconnect the electrical harness (Item 1) [Figure 50-
112-9] from the joystick. Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab
on Page 10-30-1.)
Remove the joystick from the loader.
Remove the joystick. (See Joystick Removal (Right &
Joystick Boot Removal (Right & Left) Left) on Page 50-112-2.)
Figure 50-112-10 Remove the joystick boot. (See Joystick Boot Removal
(Right & Left) on Page 50-112-3.)
Figure 50-112-12
P-26225 1
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab P-26227
on Page 10-30-1.)
Remove the joystick. (See Joystick Removal (Right & Disconnect the joystick wiring harness connector (Item 1)
Left) on Page 50-112-2.) [Figure 50-112-12].
Figure 50-112-13
P-26230
Figure 50-112-14
P-26231
Figure 50-120-1
P-37470
P-37102
Remove the four mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-120-
3] from the front access panel.
Remove the four mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-120-
1] from the front access panel. Remove the front access panel from the loader.
Remove the front access panel from the loader. Figure 50-120-4
Figure 50-120-2
1 1 1
1
1 1
1 1
1
P-37471
P-37103
Remove the eight mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-120-4]
from the rear access panel.
Remove the eight mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-120-2]
from the rear access panel. Remove the throttle lever assembly from the access
panel.
Remove the rear access panel from behind the steering
panel, remove the panel from the loader. Remove the rear access panel from behind the steering
panel, remove the panel from the loader.
Figure 50-121-1
1
1
P-34546
1 P-34547
2
Loosen the two mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-121-4]
from the front inside access panel.
Figure 50-121-5
2
1 P-34553
Lift the speed control pin (Item 1) from the notch (Item 2)
[Figure 50-121-7] in throttle cable.
P-34548
Figure 50-121-8
Figure 50-121-6
P-34549
Figure 50-121-9 1
1
2 P-34554
Remove the speed control linkage arm (Item 1) [Figure Remove the panel from the loader.
50-121-9] from the access panel.
Figure 50-121-10
P-34555
Figure 50-121-12
1
1
1
1
1 2
1 1
1
P-34653
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab Remove the inside access panel from the loader.
on Page 10-30-1.)
Figure 50-121-13
1
1
P-34652
BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-1
Servicing The Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-3
Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-4
LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-60-1
Front Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-60-1
Rear Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-60-1
STARTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-40-1
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-40-3
Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-40-4
Inspection And Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-40-7
No Load Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-40-10
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-40-2
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-40-1
A B A B A B
PROTECTED POWER
B A
PROTECTED POWER
RUN/ENTER SWITCH
COMPUTER POWER F
COMPUTER POWER
RIGHT PANEL
LEFT PANEL
C416A C417A C413A C414A BUCKET POSITIONING
C423
CLOCK/LATCH A
CLOCK/LATCH
4420 A A 9.8 ohm
HEADLIGHTS
B A A B A B A B
SYSTEM Rx K
SYSTEM Rx
SYSTEM Tx
12V
SYSTEM Tx H
2420 B B TILT SPOOL LOCK
WIRING SCHEMATIC
GROUND
GROUND
(NOT Used With AHC or ACS)
BUZZER
BUZZER
START J
START
4430
2430
4440
2440
2450
4452
4482
2480
OPEN
DATA B
C421
DATA
4370 1 1
6733137 LIFT SPOOL LOCK 7.7 ohm
(NOT Used With AHC or ACS) 2370 2 2 PWM
HIGH FLOW
C422
(Without Options)
REAR AUX.
G
C
D
1
B
A
K
E
4380 1
F
J
7.7 ohm
HARNESS
C415
6736011
A A 4460 A A 4460 PWM
7.5 ohm 2380 2 2
12V B B 2460 B B 2460 BLUE TIE STRAP BICS HYDRAULIC LOCK
4481
2920
9350
1220
1920
9120
9220
9300
9310
9330
2930
9320
9320
9330
9310
9300
9210
9110
1910
1210
9340
2910
4451
S220 (S/N 523211001 AND ABOVE)
C420
4410 A A 9.8 ohm
A A
C441
TWO SPEED 7.5 ohm 4350 12V
2410 B B
(S/N 523311001 AND ABOVE) SOLENOID 12V B B 2350
FRONT ROD
C418
(PRINTED MAY 2004) WHITE TIE STRAP 4330 1 1
CAB 6727178
3.3 ohm
C437
TWO SPEED 5 ohm A A 4390 YELLOW TIE STRAP GREEN TIE STRAP BROWN TIE STRAP PWM
2330 2 2 FRONT BASE
4440
2440
MAKE-UP 12V
V-0316 B B 2360
C419 C106
4430
2430
1
2450
4450
4340
4480
2480
2340 2 MAIN
A B
WORKLIGHTS
FRAME
RED = RED B A A B A B
C414
FRONT
RNG = ORANGE 3600 A A SPEED
2530 GROUNDS UNSWITCHED POWER 1000-1999 RED
BLK = BLACK
LBL = LIGHT BLUE
C416 C417 C413 A B 3610 B B SENSOR
SWITCH
BRAKE
FUSED, UNSWITCHED POWER 1000-1999 RED/WHT
2480 DBL = DARK BLUE A B
1930
SWITCHED POWER 1000-1999 RNG B A A B
2000
LGN = LIGHT GREEN ENGINE
4440
2440
GROUND 2000-2999 BLK
4430
2430
C435
t
2450
4450
SENDER
4480
2480
2450
RIGHT
7 HYDRAULIC 4000-4999 LGN YEL = YELLOW 3200 A A 2760 B B
PNK = PINK C 500-3000 ohm
2440 2400 ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000-5999 YEL
LIGHTS 6000-6999 PNK WHT = WHITE
WHITE TIE STRAP 6120 A A
2430 YELLOW TIE STRAP
ACCESSORIES 7000-7999 WHT BRN = BROWN GREEN TIE STRAP BROWN TIE STRAP
SEAT
CAB
ENGINE 8000-8999 TAN TAN = TAN 3700 A A
C434
2340 AIR FILTER BAR 6110 A A
LEFT
COMMUNICATION 9000-9999 PUR PUR = PURPLE 12
4330
4360
4340
4410
4440
4420
4430
B SWITCH
2770
SEE J1 B 3710 B
3300
2330
2110
GRY = GRAY
3700
B
3200
B
3600
2750
4350
4460
4450
4390
4480
C476
2520 3110 B 3110 B FUEL
B B
2100 SENDER -
3100 A A 3100 A A +8 2910
30-270 ohm
2360 J1 J2 C C
2920 2900
C
2930
A
WIRES CONNECT BY LETTER SOME CONNECTOR 31 J1 J2
2420 6 18 29 26 22 12 32 1 41 3 21 10 38 48 8 18 2770
ACROSS CONNECTORS BODIES NOT SHOWN 2740 2750
3910
3920
3900
9350
1200
1900
2740
4500
9100
9200
9340
2900
6100
2410 FOR DRAWING CLARITY 3100 2760
11 A B SPOOL SPARE FRONT COMPUTER SYSTEM LH AUX L HAND
COOLANT
TEMP SIGNAL
PWM +8V ENG SPEED 28
LOCK SIGNAL
2380 2390 ANALOG 1 ROD GROUND Tx RIGHT SERIAL IN SUPPLY
B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2370
4360 4330 2900 9100 4810 9210 3200 4300 3600 N K G L B R P S F E D C M A J H
2200
2000
R HAND
SERIAL IN
REAR
BASE
SPARE
ANALOG 2
PROTECTED
POWER
SYSTEM
Rx
LH AUX
LEFT
SPARE
DIGITAL 1
AIR FILTER
SIGNAL
PWM -
RH FRONT
DETENT
23 9400 F
C408
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 N K G L B R P S F E D C M A J H
2240
1200 9200 3700 4920 42 9410 G
+ 9110 4440 4820 4310
2350 A
A A FRONT REAR STATUS COMPUTER SEAT BAR LH SKI FUEL PWM RH SKI
3910
3920
3900
9350
1200
1900
2740
4500
9100
9200
9340
2900
6100
HYDRAULIC CHARGE BASE ROD IN DOWN
OPEN
SENDER SIGNAL DOWN
PRESSURE SENDER
C
C C
POWER +8v
J2
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
3210 0.5 - 7.5 V -
B 3400 A A 3400 15 9400 1900 3900
P05 4830 3100 4320 4930
B B 4340 4430
2800 3420 E E 3420 47 BUCKET 35 3910
KEY/ENTER SEATBAR LH SKI RH SKI
POSITION OPEN OPEN GROUND OPEN UP
3610 HYDRAULIC 3410 F 3010 23
OPEN SWITCH GROUND UP
45
C102
F 3410 3920
2300 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
C477
3510 TEMPERATURE
SENDER
B B 3310 D D 3310
4420 9350 3910 4840 4940 25 3900 A
2110
2600 A B
500-3000 ohm A 3300 C C 3300 C HYD LOCK STATUS
HEADLIGHT BRAKE SW HYDRAULIC
34 9350 C407
SOLENOID FLOAT SEATBAR OPEN
2300 SEE J2 SEE J2 OUT
SWITCH SIGNAL IN TEMP OPEN OPEN
C107
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
PRESSURE C
40 4940
SENDER C C 3520 3520 49 8250 1110 9500 3400 6510 4200 4460 6210 8800
-
B 4930
0.5-7.5 V B B 3510 TRACTION LOCK SENSOR TRAVEL F&R AUX RESERVED UNSWITCHED
30
SPARE
DIGITAL 2 PULL FEEDBACK GROUNDS
CAN
LOW CONTROL J1 RELIEF (SENSOR GRND) BATTERY (2)
DIVERTER STARTER
RELAY
20 4920
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
4150 3010 9600 4730
P01 4470 1120 4450 8210 19 4310
TWO SPEED FUEL PULL UNSWITCHED CAN ENG OIL
29 4320
GLOW PLUG MARKER FUEL PULL
SOLENOID FEEDBACK BATTERY (3) OPEN GROUND
SELECT FEEDBACK PRESS +8v LT RELAY RELAY
9 4300
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
4640
4350 8150 1130 9700 8550 3500 2100 6320 8110
HANDLE SWITCH PWR / RESERVED ATTACHMENT +5V HYD CHARGE ENG OIL RESERVED
36 4840
SPARE
POWER ACC RELAY (CAN SHIELD) KEY INPUT SUPPLY PRESS SIGNAL HORN PRESS SIGNAL (FAN OUTPUT)
OUTPUT 2
26 4830
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
16 4820
1400 8000 9800 3420 7200 3520
HOLD PULL
D3
SHUTOFF
E3
25 42 39 19 36 9 12 30 20 32 40 38 10 22 33 28 13 44 14 24 34 8 48 17 41 4
0.5 ohm A A 8120 B B 8100
J1
4910
4730
4110
7200
6510
6410
4200
1400
8000
6320
6210
8550
8510
8250
8210
8800
8150
8110
2100
4150
1130
1120
1110
9800
9500
9600
9700
4910
STARTER
1480
4810
4820
4830
4840
4640
4300
4320
4310
4920
4930
4940
4230
2530
1490
2520
4240
M R
C109
1015 B B 8250
S
G
H
C
D
E
G
F
B
D
C
H
A
K
F
J
J
A A 8200
1020 B B 1020
G
H
C
D
G
E
D
C
H
F
K
J
J
1015 A 10.9 ohm
A 1800 4200 A A HOLD
C425
BAT
YEL/LGN
YEL/RED
WHT/RED
WHT/BLK
WHT/LGN
C C
WHT
2200
WHT
PUR
DGN
YEL
RGN
DBL
LGN
RGN
ALTERNATOR
2015 4100 B B PULL 0.3 ohm
FLOAT
6210 6200 H H 6200 PWM
SHIFT
SKI CTRL
SIDE
C103
TWO SPD
SKI CTRL
LEFT
DETENT
A A
FLOW
2630 6210 6310 6310
WORKLIGHT
E E 6400
RIGHT
2610 6320 D D 6500
TAILLIGHT
2650 G G 6600
C404
LEFT TO OPTIONS
SEE CAB LEFT HANDLE
TAILLIGHT
2640 6330 7100 C C 7100 A CONNECTOR RIGHT HANDLE
BACKUP B (BACKUP ALARM
ALARM SWITCH) C407
TURN SIGNAL HORN
A
J 2730
P 6600
6000
M 6500
RNG/WHT
RNG/DBL
L 6400
DGN
BRN
YEL
F 4730
D 4235
D
E
B
A
C488
TO OPTIONS N 6300
(ACCESSORY
C 4275
CONNECTOR) C411 C412
E 4550
TO OPTIONS TO OPTIONS
S 1700 (ACCESSORY (ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR) CONNECTOR)
A 1140 1740
H 1150
R
B
G
K (ALTERNATOR
1800 & KITS)
FUSE 11 TO OPTIONS
25A (ACS CONNECTOR)
8010
6300
6000
6320
6200
6210
8500
8550
8510
8200
8210
8100
8150
8110
4110
4150
4100
1130
1120
1110
6310
25A
6410 P P
(ATTACHMENT)
(COMPUTER)
6510 N N
FUSE 4
FUSE 10 30 85 30 85 30 85 30 85 30 85 30 85 85 30
25A 4550 K K
1730
1050
2010
2000
1330
2030
2020
1320
2020
2010
1060
2040
2030
1030
2060
1350
2050
2040
2060
2050
1360
9720 E E
C492
(HEATER
) 9620 D D
FUSE 1 FUSE 2 FUSE 3 FUSE 6 FUSE 5
15A
G 9410 S S 9420
25A 15A 30A 30A
120
1140 F 9400 R R
E 9210 G G
MAINFRAME HARNESS 6730292 1150 1160 9520 C C
1070 2240 H H
RELAY GROUNDS 2000-2060
ARE CONNECTED IN SERIES FUSE 9 FUSE 12 1740 B B
FUSE / RELAY CENTER 25A
(UNSWITCHED
POWER)
25A
(ACS)
1170 A A
D 9110 F F
1080
1040
G
-
D
C
E
A
B
1300
F
C423
A B
4420 A A 9.8 ohm
A B A B
PROTECTED POWER
B A
PROTECTED POWER
12V
RUN/ENTER SWITCH D
COMPUTER POWER F
COMPUTER POWER
2420 B B TILT SPOOL LOCK
RIGHT PANEL
LEFT PANEL
C416A C417A C413A C414A (NOT Used With AHC or ACS)
CLOCK/LATCH A
CLOCK/LATCH
C421
HEADLIGHTS
B A A B A B A B 4370 1
SYSTEM Rx K
SYSTEM Rx
SYSTEM Tx
LIFT SPOOL LOCK
SYSTEM Tx H
WIRING SCHEMATIC
GROUND
2370 2
GROUND G
(NOT Used With AHC or ACS)
BUZZER
BUZZER
C422
START J
START J
4430
2430
4440
2440
2450
4452
4482
2480
OPEN
1
DATA B
4380
DATA B
6733137 2380 2
HIGH FLOW BICS HYDRAULIC LOCK
REAR AUX.
G
C
D
E
A
K
E
F
HARNESS
C415
6736011
C420
7.5 ohm A A 4460 A A 4460 4410 A A 9.8 ohm
12V B B 2460 B B 2460 BLUE TIE STRAP 2410 B B 12V
4481
2920
9350
1220
1920
9120
9220
9300
9310
9330
2930
9320
9320
9330
9310
9300
9210
9110
1910
1210
9340
2910
4451
S220 (S/N 523211001 AND ABOVE) FRONT ROD
C418
A A
C441
TWO SPEED 7.5 ohm 4350 4330 1 1 3.3 ohm
(S/N 523311001 AND ABOVE) SOLENOID 12V B B 2350 2330 2 2 PWM FRONT BASE
C419 C106
WHITE TIE STRAP 4340 1
(PRINTED MAY 2004)
CAB 6727178
C437
TWO SPEED 5 ohm A A 4390 YELLOW TIE STRAP GREEN TIE STRAP BROWN TIE STRAP 2340 2
4440
2440
MAKE-UP 12V
V-0317 B B 2360
4430
2430
2450
4450
4480
2480
3600 A A SPEED
SENSOR MAIN
A B 3610 B B
WORKLIGHTS
FRAME
RED = RED B A A B A B
C414
FRONT
RNG = ORANGE
2530 GROUNDS UNSWITCHED POWER 1000-1999 RED
BLK = BLACK
LBL = LIGHT BLUE
C416 C417 C413 A B
SWITCH
BRAKE
FUSED, UNSWITCHED POWER 1000-1999 RED/WHT
2480 DBL = DARK BLUE A B
1930
SWITCHED POWER 1000-1999 RNG B A A B
2000
LGN = LIGHT GREEN
4440
2440
2460 GROUND 2000-2999 BLK ENGINE
4430
2430
C435
2450
4450
4480
2480
2450
RIGHT
7 HYDRAULIC 4000-4999 LGN YEL = YELLOW t SENDER 2760 B B
PNK = PINK C 3200 A A
2440 2400 ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000-5999 YEL WHITE TIE STRAP 500-3000 ohm
LIGHTS 6000-6999 PNK WHT = WHITE
6120 A A
2430 YELLOW TIE STRAP
ACCESSORIES 7000-7999 WHT BRN = BROWN GREEN TIE STRAP BROWN TIE STRAP
SEAT
CAB
ENGINE 8000-8999 TAN TAN = TAN 3700 A A
C434
2340 AIR FILTER BAR 6110 A A
LEFT
COMMUNICATION 9000-9999 PUR PUR = PURPLE 12
4330
4360
4340
4410
4440
4420
4430
B SWITCH
2770
SEE J1 B 3710 B
3300
2330
2110
GRY = GRAY
3700
B
3200
B
3600
2750
4350
4460
4390
4480
C476
4450
2520 3110 B 3110 B FUEL
B B
2100 SENDER -
3100 A A 3100 A A +8 2910
30-270 ohm
2360 J1 J2 C C
2920 2900
C
2930
A
WIRES CONNECT BY LETTER SOME CONNECTOR 31 J1 J2
2420 6 18 29 26 22 12 32 1 41 3 21 10 38 48 8 18 2770
ACROSS CONNECTORS BODIES NOT SHOWN 2740 2750
3910
3920
3900
9350
1200
1900
2740
4500
9100
9200
9340
2900
6100
2410 FOR DRAWING CLARITY 3100 2760
11 A B SPOOL SPARE FRONT COMPUTER SYSTEM LH AUX L HAND
COOLANT
TEMP SIGNAL
PWM +8V ENG SPEED 28
LOCK SIGNAL
2380 2390 ANALOG 1 ROD GROUND Tx RIGHT SERIAL IN SUPPLY
B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2370
4360 4330 2900 9100 4810 9210 3200 4300 3600 N K G L B R P S F E D C M A J H
2200
2000
R HAND
SERIAL IN
REAR
BASE
SPARE
ANALOG 2
PROTECTED
POWER
SYSTEM
Rx
LH AUX
LEFT
SPARE
DIGITAL 1
AIR FILTER
SIGNAL
PWM -
RH FRONT
DETENT
23 9400 F
C408
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 N K G L B R P S F E D C M A J H
2240
1200 9200 3700 4920 42 9410 G
+ 9110 4440 4820 4310
2350 A
A A FRONT REAR STATUS COMPUTER SEAT BAR LH SKI FUEL PWM RH SKI
3910
3920
3900
9350
1200
1900
2740
4500
9100
9200
9340
2900
6100
HYDRAULIC CHARGE BASE ROD IN DOWN
OPEN
SENDER SIGNAL DOWN
PRESSURE SENDER
C
C C
POWER +8v
J2
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
3210 0.5 - 7.5 V -
B 3400 A A 3400 15 9400 1900 3900
P05 4830 3100 4320 4930
B B 4340 4430
2800 3420 E E 3420 47 BUCKET 35 3910
KEY/ENTER SEATBAR LH SKI RH SKI
POSITION OPEN OPEN GROUND OPEN UP
3610 HYDRAULIC 3410 F 3010 23
OPEN SWITCH GROUND UP
45
C102
F 3410 3 3920
2300 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
C477
3510 TEMPERATURE 8
SENDER
B B 3310 D D 3310
4420 9350 3910 4840 4940 25 3900 A
2110
2600 A B
500-3000 ohm A 3300 C C 3300 C HYD LOCK STATUS
HEADLIGHT BRAKE SW HYDRAULIC
34 9350 C407
SOLENOID FLOAT SEATBAR OPEN
2300 SEE J2 SEE J2 OUT
SWITCH SIGNAL IN TEMP OPEN OPEN
C107
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
PRESSURE C
40 4940
SENDER C C 3520 3520 49 8250 1110 9500 3400 6510 4200 4460 6210 8800
-
B 4930
0.5-7.5 V B B 3510 TRACTION LOCK SENSOR TRAVEL F&R AUX RESERVED UNSWITCHED
30
SPARE
DIGITAL 2 PULL FEEDBACK GROUNDS
CAN
LOW CONTROL J1 RELIEF (SENSOR GRND) BATTERY (2)
DIVERTER STARTER
RELAY
20 4920
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
4150 3010 9600 4730
P01 4470 1120 4450 8210 19 4310
TWO SPEED FUEL PULL UNSWITCHED CAN ENG OIL
29 4320
GLOW PLUG MARKER FUEL PULL
SOLENOID FEEDBACK BATTERY (3) OPEN GROUND
SELECT FEEDBACK PRESS +8v LT RELAY RELAY
9 4300
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
4640
4350 8150 1130 9700 8550 3500 2100 6320 8110
HANDLE SWITCH PWR / RESERVED ATTACHMENT +5V HYD CHARGE ENG OIL RESERVED
36 4840
SPARE
POWER ACC RELAY (CAN SHIELD) KEY INPUT SUPPLY PRESS SIGNAL HORN PRESS SIGNAL (FAN OUTPUT)
OUTPUT 2
26 4830
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
16 4820
1400 8000 9800 3420 7200 3520
HOLD PULL
D3
SHUTOFF
E3
25 42 39 19 36 9 12 30 20 32 40 38 10 22 33 28 13 44 14 24 34 8 48 17 41 4
0.5 ohm A A 8120 B B 8100
J1
4910
4910
4730
4110
7200
6510
6410
4200
1400
8000
6320
6210
8550
8510
8250
8210
8800
8150
8110
2100
4150
1130
1120
1110
9800
9500
9600
9700
4300
4320
4310
4920
4930
4940
4230
2530
1490
1480
4810
4820
4830
4840
4640
2520
4240
STARTER
M R
C109
1015 B B 8250
G
D
C
H
B
K
F
J
G
H
C
D
E
A
F
K
J
S
A A 8200
C410 C409
Traction Lock C409
G
D
C
H
B
K
F
J
G
H
C
D
E
K
F
J
C110
1020 B B 1020
WHT/RED
WHT/BLK
WHT/LGN
10.9 ohm
A
YEL/LGN
1015
B
A
YEL/RED
A 1800 A A
A
B
4200 HOLD
WHT
DGN
YEL
LGN
RGN
WHT
PUR
C425
RGN
DBL
BAT
C C C465 C466
2200
A
B
ALTERNATOR
A
B
2015 4100 B B PULL 0.3 ohm
FLOAT
SHIFT
SKI CTRL
RIGHT LOCK
SIDE
WORKLIGHT
2620 6200 2600 B B 2600 PWM
LEFT HANDLE
TWO SPD
SKI CTRL
DETENT
6210 6200 H H 6200
FLOW
C103
B
C
A
2610 6320 D D 6500 HALL SENSOR
TAILLIGHT
RNG/WHT
RNG/DBL
2650 G G 6600 C450
DGN
BRN
YEL
C404
B
C
A
2640 6330 7100 C C 7100 A TO OPTIONS
A
C
B
TAILLIGHT CONNECTOR
BACKUP B (BACKUP ALARM C449
ALARM SWITCH) C407
C
B
D
E
B
A
B
C
A
A
2730 J J 2730
C411
B
C412
C
A
6600 P P 6600 C469
C472
6000
A
6500 M M 6500
C
B
TO OPTIONS TO OPTIONS
C
B
A
(ACCESSORY (ACCESSORY
6400 L L 6400
CONNECTOR) CONNECTOR)
4750
1510
1610
2750
2650
4650
4730 F F 4730
hand 4 D D
4235 4235 4235
C488
DGN
RED
RED
DGN
RED
RED
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
1700 f 1150 H H 1150
A B A B
2 4550 R R
C467 C468
1 B B
A B A B
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
G G
C428 C429
4270
2500
4280
2510
K K (ALTERNATOR
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1800 & KITS)
FUSE 11
1530
4670
1630
4770
2670
2770
4690
4680
4790
4780
25A
8010
6300
6000
6320
6200
6210
8500
8550
8510
8200
8210
8100
8150
8110
4110
4150
4100
1130
1120
1110
6310
25A
6410 P A 1170
(ATTACHMENT)
(COMPUTER)
6510 N N
FUSE 4
FUSE 10
4680
4260
4220
4780
2270
2260
4790
4690
30 85 30 85 30 85 30 85 30 85 30 85 85 30
1180
1190
25A 4550 K K 4550
1730
1050
2010
2000
1330
2030
2020
1320
2020
2010
1060
2040
2030
1030
2060
1350
2050
2040
2060
2050
1360
9720 E E 9720
(HEATER C B G E J H K A D F
C492
9620 D D 9620
) FUSE 2
FUSE 1 FUSE 3 FUSE 6 FUSE 5
25A 15A 30A 30A
G 9410 S S 9420 4550 C GREY
15A
120
1140 F 9400 R R 9720 F J3
E 9210 G G 9620 E
MAINFRAME HARNESS 6730292 1150 1160 9520 C C 9520 9520 D
1070 2240 H H 2240 2250 J1
RELAY GROUNDS 2000-2060 G
ARE CONNECTED IN SERIES FUSE 9 FUSE 12 1740 B B 1740 2280 H
FUSE / RELAY CENTER 25A
(UNSWITCHED
POWER)
25A
(ACS)
1170
9110 F
A F
P
1740
1500
B
A
J2
D
BLACK
A B C D K G F H
1080
J E
1040
4750
4650
4670
4770
FUSE 5 FUSE 1 FUSE 9
TRACTION HEATER UNSWITCHED
FRONT &
30A 25A REAR SWITCH 25A
MARKER 1160
1730
9800
9510
9610
9710
2710
FUSE 6 FUSE 2 LIGHT POWER FUSE 10
LIGHT
FUEL PULL FR & MK LT ATTCHMNT A A 1620
C470
30A 15A 25A 1050 TILT C C 4760
FUSE 3 PEDAL
FUSE 7 FUSE 11 B
G
-
D
C
E
A
B
1300
F
+ B 2760
REAR LT ALT & KITS
1060 TO OPTIONS
15A GLOW
PLUG
FUEL
PULL
TRACTION
PULL
STARTER
25A 100A
1010 1030
C426 (ATTACHMENT
A A 1520
FUSE 8 FUSE 4 FUSE 12 CONTROL)
ACS HARNESS 6733292
C471
ACD & REMOTE
COMPUTER ACS
1310 START CONNECTOR LIFT C C 4660
25A 25A PEDAL
1040
V-0317 (5-6-04) B B 2660
Printed in U.S.A. 1080
BATTERY
LOCK VALVE LOCK VALVE REAR ROD REAR BASE
BUCKET POSITIONING
C423
A B
4420 A A 9.8 ohm
B A A B A B
PROTECTED POWER
12V
PROTECTED POWER
RUN/ENTER SWITCH
COMPUTER POWER F
COMPUTER POWER
2420 B B TILT SPOOL LOCK
RIGHT PANEL
C417A C414A
LEFT PANEL
C416A C413A (NOT Used With AHC or ACS)
CLOCK/LATCH A
CLOCK/LATCH
C421
HEADLIGHTS
B A A B A B A B 4370 1
SYSTEM Rx K
SYSTEM Rx
SYSTEM Tx
LIFT SPOOL LOCK
SYSTEM Tx H
WIRING SCHEMATIC
GROUND
2370 2
GROUND
(NOT Used With AHC or ACS)
BUZZER
BUZZER
C422
START J
4430
2430
4440
2440
START J
2450
4452
4482
2480
OPEN
1
DATA B
4380
DATA B
6733137 2380 2
HIGH FLOW BICS HYDRAULIC LOCK
REAR AUX.
(With SJC Option)
G
C
D
E
A
K
E
F
HARNESS
C415
6736011
C420
7.5 ohm A A 4460 A A 4460 4410 A A 9.8 ohm
12V B B 2460 B B 2460 BLUE TIE STRAP 2410 B B 12V
4481
4451
2920
9350
1220
1920
9120
9220
9300
9310
9330
2930
9320
9320
9330
9310
9300
9210
9110
1910
1210
9340
2910
S220 (S/N 523211001 AND ABOVE) FRONT ROD
C418
A A
C441
TWO SPEED 7.5 ohm 4350 4330 1 1 3.3 ohm
(S/N 523311001 AND ABOVE) SOLENOID 12V B B 2350 2330 2 2 PWM FRONT BASE
C419 C106
WHITE TIE STRAP
4340 1
(PRINTED MAY 2004)
CAB 6727178
C437
TWO SPEED 5 ohm A A 4390 YELLOW TIE STRAP GREEN TIE STRAP BROWN TIE STRAP
2340 2
4440
2440
MAKE-UP 12V
V-0320 B B 2360
4430
2430
2450
4450
4480
2480
3600 A A SPEED
SENSOR MAIN
A B 3610 B B
WORKLIGHTS
FRAME
RED = RED B A A B A B
C414
FRONT
RNG = ORANGE
2530 GROUNDS UNSWITCHED POWER 1000-1999 RED
BLK = BLACK C416 C417 C413 A B
LBL = LIGHT BLUE
SWITCH
BRAKE
FUSED, UNSWITCHED POWER 1000-1999 RED/WHT
2480 DBL = DARK BLUE A B
1930
SWITCHED POWER 1000-1999 RNG B A A B
2000
LGN = LIGHT GREEN
4440
2440
2460 GROUND 2000-2999 BLK ENGINE
4430
2430
B
C435
2450
4450
4480
2480
2450
RIGHT
7 HYDRAULIC 4000-4999 LGN YEL = YELLOW t SENDER 2760 B B
PNK = PINK C 3200 A A
2440 2400 ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000-5999 YEL WHITE TIE STRAP 500-3000 ohm
LIGHTS 6000-6999 PNK WHT = WHITE
6120 A A
YELLOW TIE STRAP
2430 ACCESSORIES 7000-7999 WHT BRN = BROWN GREEN TIE STRAP BROWN TIE STRAP
SEAT
CAB
ENGINE 8000-8999 TAN TAN = TAN 3700 A A
C434
2340 AIR FILTER BAR 6110 A A
LEFT
COMMUNICATION 9000-9999 PUR PUR = PURPLE 12
4330
4360
4340
4410
4440
4420
4430
B SWITCH
2770
SEE J1 B 3710 B
3300
2330
2110
GRY = GRAY
3700
B
3200
B
3600
2750
4350
4460
4450
4390
4480
C476
2520 3110 B 3110 B FUEL
B B
2100 SENDER -
3100 A A 3100 A A +8 2910
30-270 ohm
2360 J1 J2 C C
2920 2900
C
2930
A
WIRES CONNECT BY LETTER SOME CONNECTOR 31 J1 J2
2420 6 18 29 26 22 12 32 1 41 3 21 10 38 48 8 18 2770
ACROSS CONNECTORS BODIES NOT SHOWN 2740 2750
3910
3920
3900
9350
1200
1900
2740
4500
9100
9200
9340
2900
6100
2410 FOR DRAWING CLARITY 3100 2760
11 A B SPOOL SPARE FRONT COMPUTER SYSTEM LH AUX L HAND
COOLANT
TEMP SIGNAL
PWM +8V ENG SPEED 28
LOCK SIGNAL
2380 2390 ANALOG 1 ROD GROUND Tx RIGHT SERIAL IN SUPPLY
B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2370 11 9110 D
4360 4330 2900 9100 4810 9210 3200 4300 3600 N K G L B R P S F E D C M A J H
2200 7 9210 E
2000
R HAND
SERIAL IN
REAR
BASE
SPARE
ANALOG 2
PROTECTED
POWER
SYSTEM
Rx
LH AUX
LEFT
SPARE
DIGITAL 1
AIR FILTER
SIGNAL
PWM -
RH FRONT
DETENT
23 9400 F See C492 C408
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 N K G L B R P S F E D C M A J H
2240
1200 9200 3700 4920 42 9410 G
+ 9110 4440 4820 4310
2350 A
A A FRONT REAR STATUS COMPUTER SEAT BAR LH SKI FUEL PWM RH SKI
3910
3920
3900
9350
1200
1900
2740
4500
9100
9200
9340
2900
6100
HYDRAULIC CHARGE BASE ROD IN DOWN
OPEN
SENDER SIGNAL DOWN
PRESSURE SENDER
C
C C
POWER +8v
J2
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
3210 0.5 - 7.5 V -
B 3400 A A 3400 15 9400 1900 3900
P05 4830 3100 4320 4930
B B 4340 4430
2800 3420 E E 3420 47 BUCKET 35 3910
KEY/ENTER SEATBAR LH SKI RH SKI
POSITION OPEN OPEN GROUND OPEN UP
3610 HYDRAULIC 3410 F 3010 23
OPEN SWITCH GROUND UP
45
C102
F 3410 3 3920
2300 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
C477
3510 TEMPERATURE 8
SENDER
B B 3310 D D 3310
4420 9350 3910 4840 4940 25 3900 A
2110
2600 A B
500-3000 ohm A 3300 C C 3300 C HYD LOCK STATUS
HEADLIGHT BRAKE SW HYDRAULIC
34 9350 C407
SOLENOID FLOAT SEATBAR OPEN
2300 SEE J2 SEE J2 OUT
SWITCH SIGNAL IN TEMP OPEN OPEN
C107
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
PRESSURE C
40 4940
SENDER C C 3520 3520 49 8250 1110 9500 3400 6510 4200 4460 6210 8800
-
B 4930
0.5-7.5 V B B 3510 TRACTION LOCK SENSOR TRAVEL F&R AUX RESERVED UNSWITCHED
30
SPARE
DIGITAL 2 PULL FEEDBACK GROUNDS
CAN
LOW CONTROL J1 RELIEF (SENSOR GRND) BATTERY (2)
DIVERTER STARTER
RELAY
20 4920
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
4150 3010 9600 4730
P01 4470 1120 4450 8210 19 4310
TWO SPEED FUEL PULL UNSWITCHED CAN ENG OIL
29 4320
GLOW PLUG MARKER FUEL PULL
SOLENOID FEEDBACK BATTERY (3) OPEN GROUND
SELECT FEEDBACK PRESS +8v LT RELAY RELAY
9 4300
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
4640
4350 8150 1130 9700 8550 3500 2100 6320 8110
HANDLE SWITCH PWR / RESERVED ATTACHMENT +5V HYD CHARGE ENG OIL RESERVED
36 4840
SPARE
POWER ACC RELAY (CAN SHIELD) KEY INPUT SUPPLY PRESS SIGNAL HORN PRESS SIGNAL (FAN OUTPUT)
OUTPUT 2
26 4830
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
16 4820
1400 8000 9800 3420 7200 3520
HOLD PULL
D3
SHUTOFF
E3
25 42 39 19 36 9 12 30 20 32 40 38 10 22 33 28 13 44 14 24 34 8 48 17 41 4
0.5 ohm A A 8120 B B 8100
J1
4910
4910
4730
4110
7200
6510
6410
4200
1400
8000
6320
6210
8550
8510
8250
8210
8800
8150
8110
2100
4150
1130
1120
1110
9800
9500
9600
9700
4300
4320
4310
4920
4930
4940
4230
2530
1490
1480
4810
4820
4830
4840
4640
2520
4240
STARTER
M R
C109
1015 B B 8250
G
D
C
H
B
K
F
J
G
H
C
D
E
A
F
K
J
S
A A 8200
C410 C409
Traction Lock NOT USED WITH NOT USED WITH
C110
C425
BAT
2200 C C
ALTERNATOR
2015 4100 B B PULL 0.3 ohm
LEFT
WORKLIGHT
2630 6210 6310 A A 6310
E E 6400
RIGHT
2610 6320 D D 6500
TAILLIGHT
2650 G G 6600
C404
6000
6500 M M 6500 1 7 2 6 5 4 3 3 4 5 6 2 7 1 EFFECTS EFFECTS
SENSOR SENSOR
6400 L L 6400
RED
RED
WHT
BRN
LGN
WHT
LGN
BRN
BLK
BLK
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
4730 F F 4730
hand 4 D D
C453 C454
4235 4235 4235 TO OPTIONS 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
C488
1530
1540
3070
3000
3080
3020
2570
2580
5 4275 4275 C C 4275 A B C 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6
foot 6 4550 E E 4550
OPEN
9000
4520
4530
OPEN
4540
1510
4510
2080
1520
9010
2070
1700 S S 1700
h
1140 A A 1140 1740 4220 M N 6510
1700 f 1150 H H 1150 7200 J P 6410
2 4550 R R 4275 L J 7200
1 B B 6410 P F 9000 2620 1 1 BLK
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
G G 6510 N G 9010 3050 2 2 DGN
TILT ACTUATOR
K K (ALTERNATOR K 4950 1570 3
4550 K 3 RED
1800 & KITS) S L M E F K J N P R C D B A G H OPEN
9720 E E OPEN 4 4
C428
FUSE 11
C492
S 1230 5
25A 9620 D H 2240 1500 G J1 5 RED
8010
6300
6000
6320
6200
6210
8500
8550
8510
8200
8210
8100
8150
8110
4110
4150
4100
1130
1120
1110
6310
120
1180 J C OPEN OPEN 7
C489
25A
9520 C B 1740 R OPEN
(ATTACHMENT)
(COMPUTER)
R OPEN 2630 1 1
FUSE 4
FUSE 10 30 85 30 85 30 85 30 85 30 85 30 85 85 30 2240 H D 9620 B BLK
25A F OPEN 3060 2
1740 B C 9520 C 2 DGN
LIFT ACTUATOR
1730
1050
2010
2000
1330
2030
2020
1320
2020
2010
1060
2040
2030
1030
2060
1350
2050
2040
2060
2050
1360
L OPEN 1580 3
1170 A M 4420 2500 A 3 RED
(HEATER J3 OPEN
L 4275 J2 M OPEN 4 4
C429
) FUSE 2 D 9110 F 2250 S
FUSE 1 FUSE 3 FUSE 6 FUSE 5
A 1240 5 5 RED
25A 15A 15A 30A 30A OPEN E
1140 N OPEN OPEN 6 6
OPEN F M
K 2250 OPEN 7 7
MAINFRAME HARNESS 6730292 1150 1160
OPEN
OPEN
K
J 2180 8 8 BLK
L
RELAY GROUNDS 2000-2060 1070 OPEN M G 7100
C404
FUSE 9 FUSE 12 A TO
ARE CONNECTED IN SERIES
FUSE / RELAY CENTER 25A OPEN E 4275
25A N B OPTIONS
(UNSWITCHED P 4420
OPEN P J4
POWER) (ACS)
B K J G C D E H A F
1080
1040
OPE
2680
4260
2660
4280
4250
2690
4270
2670
OPE
N
N
2070
A B C D A B C D 2080
FUSE 5 FUSE 1 FUSE 9 2570
2500
TRACTION HEATER
FRONT &
UNSWITCHED C451 C452 2580
30A 25A REAR SWITCH 25A A B C D A B C D 2620
MARKER 1160
1730
9800
9510
9610
9710
2710
FUSE 6 FUSE 2 LIGHT POWER FUSE 10 2630
LIGHT 13 ohm - 12V
FUEL PULL FR & MK LT ATTCHMNT
G
-
D
C
E
A
B
1300
F
COMPUTER ACS
ACD & REMOTE
1310 START CONNECTOR
25A 25A
1040
Printed in U.S.A. BATTERY 1080
V-0320 (5-6-04) SJC HARNESS 6736028
OPTIONS
WIRING SCHEMATIC
S220 (S/N 523211001 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 523311001 AND ABOVE)
TO ENGINE OR MAINFRAME
(PRINTED MAY 2004)
7100 C
V-0318 2650 F
AIR CONDITIONER SWITCH TO OPTIONS (HVAC)
C103
6600 G
THERMOSTAT
C631
C612
3100 A A B B 2310 2300 B BACK-UP
6400 E
C630
A A 7030 A ALARM 6310 A
C612
OFF A 7010 B B
LOW B 2310 2205 C C 6500 D
2100
MEDIUM DIODE 6200 H
TO OPTIONS (AC) AIR CONDITIONER
HIGH CLUTCH SOLENOID 2600 B
HERE OR TO OPTIONS
6340
2620
HEATER VALVE
2610
6610
6320
6620
6330
2640
(HVAC JUMPER)
7020
7010
DBL A A 3200 1300 A A RED 10
C613
WHT B B 7200 D D WHT 8 M
C614
7000 2630 6210
BLK C C 2110 2130 C C BLK 7 E F C A B D F E D C B A
C
1110
POTENTIOMETER B B C604 C605 REGISTRATION LEFT WORK RIGHT WORK
E E B A E F C A B D F E D C B A LAMP
1000 B
F F C632
B A
L BLOWER MOTOR
5000 3 3 YEL
M
1200 2 2 RED AIR CONDITIONER DELUXE EUROPEAN
C611
M
H 1010 1 1 RNG
HARNESS - LEFT TAILLIGHT RIGHT TAILLIGHT
TAILLIGHT HARNESS - 6718198
2200 4 4 BLK
BLOWER SWITCH
5 5
POWER RELAY
TO OPTIONS
(DELUXE ACCESSORY)
6719630 EVAPORATOR (AC)
6 6 85 86 PRESSURE SWITCH
1740 2210
87 A
C617
30
87A 1190 B
HVAC HARNESS - 6725933 2740 C TO ENGINE OR MAINFRAME
TO ENGINE OR MAINFRAME
TO RNG C
MAINFRAME RNG C BACK-UP
C404
B ALARM RNG/DGN F
RNG/DGN F
C103
7100 A G G
C103
TO OPTIONS (HVAC) E E
TO OPTIONS BACK-UP
TO OPTIONS BACK-UP ALARM PNK A
ALARM A
C631
C612
C642
MAINFRAME H
B 1140 B
HARNESS - 6715659 B
C402
1720 1730 A BLK
B
AIR CONDITIONER DIODE A 1740 A
2720 B
CLUTCH SOLENOID
BACK-UP ALARM
DBL/WHT
HVAC/ACCESSORY
BLK
BLK
PNK
PNK
BLK
ADDITIONAL POWER
BLK
SWITCHES HARNESS - CONNECTOR
HARNESS - 6725390
C491
B
6718820 OR 6807152
7020
7010
TO ATTACHMENT
1740 A TO
(BOOM
MAINFRAME
CONNECTOR)
A 9500 A
LEFT RIGHT
B 9600 B LEFT RIGHT
WORK WORK
B A TAILLIGHT TAILLIGHT
C 9700 C LIGHT LIGHT
ADDITIONAL POWER CONNECTOR
C666
C426
C632 DOME LIGHT D D
9800
REAR LIGHT HARNESS - 6714350
C490
TO OPTIONS SWITCH
1740 A
B A 1 1710 E
2740 B
C608
A RED
AIR CONDITIONER B BLK
2
3
1160
2710
F
G
HARNESS - DOME LIGHT
TO MAINFRAME
(ACCESSORY CONNECTOR)
C489
EVAPORATOR (AC)
PRESSURE SWITCH 2720 B
ALARM
HORN TO HANDLE CONNECT0R
C412
2730 B
7200 A
TO HORN
CONNECTOR
FRONT HORN HARNESS -
6719151 or 6727498
C412
2750 B
1730 A LEFT RIGHT
HORN RELAY
FLASHER FLASHER
LIGHT LIGHT
85 86
2770 7200
87
2750 30
TO OPTIONS 87A 2760 ADDITIONAL POWER
LEFT BLINKER RELAY
(DELUXE ACCESSORY) CONNECTOR
TO OPTIONS
C490
E 85 86 2740 B
2790
2795
2780 6415 (EXTERIOR CAB)
87 STROBE OR
D 6410 6410 30 1740 A
C411
C669
C
2785 2
B 6000
TO AWS TO MAINFRAME 6540 3
A 6510 CONTROLS B C A
RIGHT BLINKER 2 1
4 WAY FLASHER
C489
2720 B
RELAY C497 1720 A C609
2790
85
87
86
6515 2 1 TO
STROBE/BEACON
HARNESS - 6718873
6510 30
87A 6010
TO OPTIONS
6700 E
C668 OR C670
AWS HORN/BLINKER HARNESS - 6726662
2775
TO OPTIONS A
(4 WAY FLASHER) C
2 2785 2780 D
C669
1 6440 F
3 6540 B
TO ATTACHMENT
C506
POWER BOB-TACH
D WHT S LBL = LIGHT BLUE SOME CONNECTOR
SOLENOID DBL = DARK BLUE BODIES NOT SHOWN
C622 C622
7200 or YEL
7200 or YEL
7150 or DGN
7150 or DGN
TO OPTIONS C LT
2765 or BRN
2765 or BRN
C623
FOR DRAWING CLARITY
L X L X DGN = DARK GREEN
C606
A 7000 A A E BLK TM
YEL = YELLOW
D 2760 B B F DBL CENTER PNK = PINK
C601
2745
C610
C667
E C C E C C
A
7150
7210
7160
A A
DOOR SENSOR
A
7160
7210 A A
GRADER HARNESS - COMMUNICATION 9000-9999 PUR
F 7190
2 2 7180
2 2 F OPEN POWER BOB-TACH HARNESS - 6707303
D 4710 D OPEN
1 1 4720 1 1
6718652 or 6730770
V-0318 (5-6-04)
WIPER HARNESS - 6730885 WIPER HARNESS - 6729739
WIRING SCHEMATIC RIGHT HANDLE
OPTIONS PNK/
C432
C450
A 1 1 RED
TILT
S220 (S/N 523211001 AND ABOVE) C 3 3 PNK/DGN
CONTROL
(S/N 523311001 AND ABOVE) B 2 2 PNK/BLK
SSL 7-PIN
CAN CONNECTOR
(PRINTED MAY 2004)
KEY "RUN" D 9800 D B WHT
V-0319 UNSW POWER 2 1160 F D WHT/RED PWM
CAN SHIELD C 9700 C SSL 7-PIN
C426 To Mainframe C WHT/BLK
C409
CAN LOW B 9600 A ROCKER
F WHT/LGN UP
CAN HIGH A 9500 B
G
9800
1160
9700
1710
9500
9600
2710
GROUND 3 2700 G DETENT
7-PIN E DGN
C666
ATTACHMENT
CONNECTOR C426 KEY "RUN" D 9800 C705 J1 - 8-PIN
K
J YEL
UNSW POWER F 1160 2720 H GROUND SKI
CONTROL HARNESS - 6718426 CAN SHIELD C 9710 9710 F CAN SHIELD
H LGN CONTROL
A RNG
SW POWER E 1730 1720 B SW POWER
CAN LOW B 9620 9610 E CAN LOW
CAN HIGH A 9520 9510 D CAN HIGH D PUR FLOAT
SIGNAL
GROUND G 2730 C OPEN J
7-PIN A OPEN A RNG
TO OPTIONS C666 ATTACHMENT
CONNECTOR G OPEN C WHT SKI
(POWER BOB-TACH)
C410
J B DBL CONTROL
POWER BOB-TACH 2770 E
SWITCH BOOM-MOUNTED
FLASHER N G PNK PADDLE
2760 D ACD CONNECTORS
C601
1 SW POWER K 1740 F TAN MOMENTARY
7000 A
BEACON SWITCH
6
2
C
GROUND B 2740 C703 J2 - 10-PIN BLACK K
E OUTPUT E 5100 5100 C E OUTPUT E
5 HAZARD SWITCH 7010 B
4 3 F OUTPUT F 5350 5350 H F OUTPUT H
2 1
1130 6010 6430 4 G OUTPUT G 5400 5400 J G OUTPUT
L 5
3 X 3
1180 H OUTPUT H 5050 5050 B H OUTPUT B BRN
TO OPTIONS 1 2
4550 E
B 6540 2
3
M OUTPUT M 5200 5200 E B OUTPUT E
2745 R
F 6440 4 ID (K TO L) L 5910 5000 A J OUTPUT
A
2755 4235 D A BLK
5
4275 C
ID (K TO P) P 5510 5450 K K OUTPUT
6 B RED HORN
C K
C506 14-PIN
C488
G ATTACHMENT
CONNECTOR
C704 J3 - 10-PIN GRAY
B 5900 J ID #1
C433
A 1 1 RED/WHT
2730 J 5500 A ID #2 C 3 3 PUR/WHT
LIFT
CONTROL
1700 S B ID #3 B 2 2 BLK/WHT
6400 L C ID #4
LEFT HANDLE
6500 M D ID #0
1150 H
DELUXE ATTACHMENT E OPEN
N F OPEN ADVANCED HAND CONTROL
P CONTROL HARNESS - G OPEN
F (WITH PUSH BUTTON FLOAT) -
A 6732730 H OPEN
TO OPTIONS
C617 OR C642
(HVAC OR HVAC/ACCESSORY)
1140 B
1740 A
2740 C
FLASHER TO OPTIONS REAR WIPER
(POWER BOB-TACH) MOTOR
LIGHT SWITCH POWER BOB-TACH
BEACON SWITCH 2770 E V
SWITCH
1 2760 D M
2745 6420
C601
6 5 2 1 REAR WIPER 1710
4 7000 A SWITCH
2
1130 6010 HAZARD SWITCH C
L 6520 TRAVEL CONTROL
3 X 1 3 1720
WIRES CONNECT BY 1180 6430 7010 B LOCKOUT SWITCH
1 2 3 2 1 FRONT WIPER
LETTER ACROSS 2 4 7220
3 5 SWITCH
4 1
CONNECTORS 4 5 2
6530 3
A B TO OPTIONS 5 6 1730
6 2750 2 1
B A (EXTERIOR CAB) 6 4 1750
5 4730
E 6700 2725 3 2715
3 4
SOME CONNECTOR D 2780 6 5
4
C670
C608
2710 B
C 6300 1110 A
TO LEFT HANDLE
CONNECTOR 2 1190
6410 D 1 2700
TO OPTIONS
6510 A POWER 2790
C411
RED = RED (FRONT WIPER)
RNG = ORANGE PLUG
6000 B C
BLK = BLACK
LBL = LIGHT BLUE C F
DBL = DARK BLUE
E
C667
LGN = LIGHT GREEN 7210 A
DGN = DARK GREEN ACS SWITCH TO MAINFRAME 4710 D
YEL = YELLOW 1
PNK = PINK 1770 4550 E 1760 E
2
WHT = WHITE 3 R 2735 B
BRN = BROWN 4
TAN = TAN 2755 4235 D
5 4275
PUR = PURPLE 6 C
GRY = GRAY K
G
B
C488
2730 J
6400 L
6500 M
1150 H
BATTERY FEED 1000-1999 RED, RED/WHT, RNG
GROUND 2000-2999 BLK 6300 N
MONITORING 3000-3999 LBL 6600 P
HYDRAULIC 4000-4999 LGN
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000-5999 YEL TO EUR0. LIGHTS 4730 F
LIGHTS 6000-6999 PNK CONNECTOR 1140 A
ACCESSORIES 7000-7999 WHT
ENGINE 8000-8999 TAN 1700 S
COMMUNICATION 9000-9999 PUR
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(Without Options)
S220 (S/N 523211001 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 523311001 & ABOVE)
(PRINTED MAY 2004)
V-0316
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(With ACS Option)
S220 (S/N 523211001 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 523311001 & ABOVE)
(PRINTED MAY 2004)
V-0317
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(With SJC Option)
S220 (S/N 523211001 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 523311001 & ABOVE)
(PRINTED MAY 2004)
V-0320
WIRING SCHEMATIC
OPTIONS
S220 (S/N 523211001 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 523311001 & ABOVE)
(PRINTED MAY 2004)
V-0318
WIRING SCHEMATIC
OPTIONS
S220 (S/N 523211001 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 523311001 & ABOVE)
(PRINTED MAY 2004)
V-0319
Troubleshooting
WARNING
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting BICS system Instructions are necessary before operating or
problems. It is recommended that these procedures be servicing machine. Read and understand the
done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel only. Operation & Maintenance Manual, Handbook and
signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and
instructions in the manuals when making repairs,
adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function
after adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained
operators and failure to follow instructions can cause
injury or death.
W-2003-0199
PROBLEM CAUSE
Battery will not take a charge. 2, 3, 4, 5
Alternator will not charge. 1, 4, 5
Starter will not turn the engine. 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9
Description
Figure 60-10-1
P-37101
Figure 60-10-2
P-37100
Description (Cont’d)
1
Figure 60-10-4
1 N-19661
IMPORTANT
Do Not use silicone base sprays and/or sealants on
harness connectors or components.
I-2123-0397
Fuse Location The location and sizes are shown in [Figure 60-10-6] &
[Figure 60-10-7].
Figure 60-10-6
Ref Description Amp. Ref Description Amp.
F1 Heater 25 F9 Unswitched Attch. 25
F2 Front & Marker Lights 15 F10 Switched Attach. 25
F3 Rear Lights 15 F11 Alternator & Kits 25
F4 Bobcat Controller 25 F12 AHC Power 25
F5 Traction 30
F6 Fuel Shutoff 30
F7 Not Used --
F8 Not Used --
F G H J
6718774
Figure 60-10-7
N-19661
Solenoid Test
Figure 60-10-8
P9175
Replace the test meter with 12 volt power. You can see
and hear the spool shift.
WARNING
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on 1
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.
If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities Remove the battery holddown clamp (Item 1) [Figure 60-
of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get 20-2].
prompt medical attention.
W-2065-1296
Figure 60-20-3
Figure 60-20-1
P-34942
P-34940
Disconnect the positive (+) cable (Item 1) [Figure 60-20-
3] from the battery.
Open the rear door.
Figure 60-20-4 When installing the battery in the loader, do not touch any
metal parts with the battery terminals.
Figure 60-20-7
P-34943
Figure 60-20-5
P-34940
WARNING
Keep arcs, sparks flames and lighted tobacco away
from batteries. When jumping from booster battery
make final connection (negative) at engine frame.
P9589
Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged
battery. Warm battery to 60°F (16°C) before
connecting to a charger. Unplug charger before
Figure 60-20-6 connecting or disconnecting cables to battery. Never
lean over battery while boosting, testing or charging.
P9590
WARNING
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.
P9589
Figure 60-20-9
P9590
WARNING 4
WARNING
1
Keep arcs, sparks flames and lighted tobacco away
from batteries. When jumping from booster battery
make final connection (negative) at engine frame. P9615
Battery gas can explode and cause serious injury. The ignition must be in the OFF position. The booster
W-2066-1296 battery to be used must be 12 volt.
After the engine has started, remove the ground (-) cable
(Item 4) [Figure 60-20-11] first.
Figure 60-30-1
2 P-24416A
1
4
1
3
P-24417
1
The black cover has been removed to show alternator
P-34952 rectifier/regulator assembly. The alternator contains field
coil diodes (low current) (Item 1) [Figure 60-30-2],
grounded heat sink (Item 2) [Figure 60-30-2] & [Figure
Stop the engine. 60-30-3], B+ power heat sink (Item 3) [Figure 60-30-2] &
[Figure 60-30-3], regulator (Item 4) [Figure 60-30-2] &
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab [Figure 60-30-3], and four pair of large power diodes
on Page 10-30-1.) (Item 1) [Figure 60-30-3] on the underside of the
rectifier.
Loosen the alternator adjustment bolt (Item 1) [Figure
60-30-1]. Figure 60-30-3
WARNING 1
If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities If the charging system malfunctions check the following:
of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get
prompt medical attention. Check the condition and tension of the alternator belt.
W-2065-1296 (See Adjusting The Alternator Belt on Page 60-30-1.) If
belt is worn or deteriorated replace.
Figure 60-30-5
P-34951
P-34953
Turn engine OFF and remove the L & S terminal
connector (Item 1) [Figure 60-30-6] off the alternator.
Open rear door. (See REAR DOOR on Page 50-70-1.)
Turn the remote start tool key to the ON position.
Connect the remote start tool to the loader. (See
REMOTE START on Page 10-60-1.) Figure 60-30-7
Turn the engine on with the remote start tool and run at
idle. With a voltmeter, check the voltage between the B+
terminal and ground at the starter [Figure 60-30-5].
The voltage must be higher than 13.5 volts but lower than
14.7 volts at 70° F (Alternator Temperature).
Figure 60-30-9
P-34955
Removal And Installation Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support
Device on Page 10-20-1.)
P-34952
Remove the alternator belt (Item 2) [Figure 60-30-10] NOTE: Use the diode function (Item 1) [Figure 60-30-
from the alternator pulley. 12] on the multimeter.
At the top of the alternator, remove the mounting bolt Figure 60-30-13
(Item 3) [Figure 60-30-10].
Figure 60-30-11
1
2
3
1
P-24527
1
Touch the probes to the terminals (Item 1) [Figure 60-30-
13] of each diode and read the meter.
1
Reverse the probes to check the diode in the other
P-24416 direction.
Figure 60-30-14
1
P-24535
Figure 60-30-15
P-24533
Touch one probe to the "L" terminal (Item 1) and the other
probe to the ground (Item 2) [Figure 60-30-15].
Figure 60-30-17
1. Alternator 11. Bearing
2. Nut 12. Stator
3. Pulley 13. Bracket
4. Spacer 14. Sleeve
5. Bolt 15. Regulator
6. Bracket 16. Rectifier
7. Bolt 17. Cover
8. Bearing 18. Spacer
9. Retainer 19. Nut
10. Rotor
7
1 6
P-24537
4 7 13 14
3
2 12 5 Use an ohmmeter to test the stator.
16 Figure 60-30-19
15
C-3529B
Remove front case half from the rotor using a plastic P-24538
hammer or press.
Unsolder the stator leads from the rectifier. Remove the Touch one probe to a bare stator lead and the other
stator. probe to the bare metal surface of the stator [Figure 60-
30-19].
Unsolder the two leads between the rectifier and
regulator. Remove the regulator from rectifier. There should be no continuity.
Figure 60-30-20
P-24557
P-24524
Reverse the order of disassembly.
Touch the probes to the slip rings [Figure 60-30-20]. Do not assemble the rear case half.
The ohmmeter should read between 3.0-4.0 ohms. Place the rotor in soft jaws when tightening the shaft nut
(Item 1) [Figure 60-30-22]. Tighten to 72 ± 14.5 ft.-lb. (98
If there is no continuity replace the rotor. ± 20 N•m) torque.
Rotor Ground Test Install the rear case half and the remaining parts.
Figure 60-30-21
P-24525
Touch one probe to one of the slip rings and the other
probe to the rotor shaft [Figure 60-30-21].
Figure 60-40-1
1
1
P-34958
Figure 60-40-2
P-34957
Parts Identification
15
12 19
16
14
17 20
19 18
14
6
29
1 4
3
28
2
27
24. Yoke
35 25. Holder
26. Bracket
27. Ring
22 26
28. Bolt
29. Bolt
23 25 30. Switch
31. Seal
23 32. Bolt
33. Washer
34. Nut
35. Boot
24
36. Bracket
B-19824
Checking
Figure 60-40-4 4
2
Bat
S 5
M
3
Cranking
Motor 1
P-34385
The cable connections on the battery must be clean and Disconnect the engine harness power wire and positive
tight. (+) battery cable from the starter solenoid terminal (Item
2) [Figure 60-40-6].
Connect a jumper wire between S terminal and BAT
terminal [Figure 60-40-4]. Installation: Tighten the nut to 18-24 ft. lb. (24,4-32,5
If the starter turns but does not turn the engine, the N•m) torque.
starter drive has a defect.
Disconnect the tan wire (Item 3) [Figure 60-40-6] from
Figure 60-40-5 the R terminal on the starter solenoid.
A-1991
Figure 60-40-7
1
1
1
2
P-34596
Figure 60-40-8
1
1 2
4
3
3
N-00980
2 P-34600
Figure 60-40-12
3 2
1
P-34601
P-34599
Figure 60-40-15
1
3
2
2 2 4
P-34604
Figure 60-40-16 Installation: Inspect all parts for wear and replace as
needed.
3 2
P-34603
Figure 60-40-18
N-00997
Figure 60-40-19
B-14458
Figure 60-40-22
N-00999
B-14460
Check the field windings for wear and damage.
Measure the segment mica depth (Item 1) [Figure 60-40- Check all the connections for clean and tight solder joints.
22].
Field Winding Ground Test: Use a circuit tester, touch
Service Limit - 0.012 inch (0,3 mm) one probe to the field winding end of the brush and the
other probe to the surface of the frame [Figure 60-40-
If it is worn, replace the armature. 23]. There should be no continuity. If there is continuity,
the field windings are grounded.
Check the commutator surface for burned spots which
usually indicates an open-circuit, and correct it using Replace the frame.
#400 sand paper.
Figure 60-40-24
N-15005
P-34674
Figure 60-40-26
1
2
P-34673
No Load Test
Figure 60-40-28
Ammeter
50
M.T.
Starter B-14440
11 12
13 9 10
14
B-15551
REF.
DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION
NO
1 TEMPERATURE GAUGE Shows the engine coolant temperature.
2 HOURMETER / CODE DISPLAY / HOURMETER - Records operating hours of loader. CODE DISPLAY - Display numeric SERVICE CODES*
GLOW PLUG COUNTDOWN relating to the loader monitoring system. COUTNTDOWN - Glow Plug time remaning
3 FUEL GAUGE Shows the amount of fuel in the tank.
4 LIGHTS / HOLD FOR CODES LIGHTS - Press once for FRONT LIGHTS. Press a second time for FRONT AND REAR lights. Press a third time
to turn all lights off. HOLD FOR CODES - Press and hold two seonds for display of SERVICE CODES (Item 2).
(CODES* show only when there is an error found by loader monitoring system.)
5 BUCKET POSITIONING (Option) Press to engage the BUCKET POSITIONING function. Press again to disengage. Press and hold 2 seconds to
view BASE or SHTDN (◆ SHUTDOWN) feature in HOURMETER/CODE DISPLAY.
ATTACHMENT AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS
6 HIGH FLOW (Option) Press to engage the HIGH FLOW auxiliary hydraulics. Press again to disengage.
7 MAXIMUM FLOW / VARIABLE FLOW Press once to engage the VARIABLE FLOW auxiliary hydraulics. Press a second time to engage MAXIMUM
FLOW. Press a third time to disengage all auxiliary hydraulics. [VARIABLE FLOW allows for slow-to-fast
movement of auxiliary functions (The farther you move the switch, the faster the movement of auxiliary functions.)
MAXIMUM FLOW allows for only fast movement.]
8 AUXILIARY PRESSURE RELEASE Press and hold for two seconds. The engine wil stop. Hydraulic pressure will be released in the rear auxiliary (If
so equipped) or right side front auxiliary circuit (If so equipped).
BOBCAT INTERBLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™)
(SEE TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE ON PAGE 60-100-4 for BICS™ SYSTEM Troubleshooting)
9 PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER Press to activate BICS™ System when the Seat Bar is down and operator is seated in operating position.
10 SEAT BAR The light comes ON when the seat bar is down.
11 LIFT & TILT VALVE The light comes ON when the seat bar is down and the PRESS TO OPERATE Button is pressed. The lift and tilt
functions can be operated when the light is ON.
12 TRACTION The light comes ON when the seat bar is down, engine is running, and parking brake is released. The loader can
be moved forward or backward when the light is ON.
13 TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE (Function Only When Seat Bar Is Raised And The Engine Is Running) Press to unlock the brakes. Allows you to
use the steering levers to move the loader forward or backward when using the backhoe attachment or for loader
service. See TRACTION LOCK on Page 60-120-1 Press a second time to lock the brakes.
14 ALARM The ALARM beeps when there is an Error, WARNING or ◆SHUTDOWN condition.
16 18 20 22 24 26 28
29
B-15552B
ICON/
REF. FUNCTION ALARM CODE CONDITION DESCRIPTION
LIGHT
Advanced ON 3 Beeps * Error Error with Advanced Control System (ACS)
Control System
15
(ACS)
Attachment FLASHING 3 Beeps * Error Error with Attachment Control Device (ACD)
16 Control
Device (ACD)
General ON 3 Beeps * Error Error with one or more engine or hydraulic functions.
17 Warning ON 3 Beeps * WARNING Engine speed high or in shutdown.
FLASHING Continuous * SHUTDOWN Engine speed very high. Engine will stop in 10 seconds.
18 NOT USED
Fuel ON 3 Beeps * Error Fuel level sender system fault.
19 Level FLASHING 3 Beeps * WARNING Fuel level low.
Figure 60-50-3
1 3 ENTER PASSWARD
LANGUAGES
B-16165
4
6 The first screen you will see on your new loader will be as
5 B-15553B shown in [Figure 60-50-4].
1. Display Panel: The Display Panel is where all system NOTE: Your new loader (with Deluxe Instrument
setup, monitoring, troubleshooting, and error Panel) will have a Owner Password. Your
conditions are displayed. dealer will provide you with this password.
Change the password to one that you will
2. Function Icons: The lower left area of the Deluxe easily remember to prevent unauthorized use
Panel has the same Icons as the Standard Panel of your loader. (See ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
(See Right Panel (Standard) (With Key Switch) on SERVICE MANUAL.) Keep your password in a
Page 60-50-2.) These Icons are only visible when the safe place for future needs.
monitoring system has detected an error.
Start Engine: Use the Keypad to enter the numbers
3. Selection Buttons: The four Selection Buttons allow (letters) of your password and press the RUN / ENTER
you to select items from the Display Panel and scroll key (Item 5) [Figure 60-50-3].
through screens.
Press and hold the START Button (Item 6) [Figure 60-
4. Keypad: The numeric keypad (Item 4) [Figure 60-50- 50-3] until the engine starts.
3] has two functions:
Change Language: Press the Selection Button at the end
(a) To enter a number code (password) to allow of the arrow [Figure 60-50-4] to go to the next screen.
starting the engine (Keyless Start).
Figure 60-50-5
ENGLISH / INGLES
Use keypad to select languages
1. English
2. Espanol
3. Francaia
4. Deutsch
5. Italiano
6. Nederlands
EXIT
B-16160
Press
DISPLAY OPTIONS
Press
ADJUST CONTRAST
Press
UP OR DOWN
Arrow to
change contrast.
Press EXIT to
return to
previous level
menu.
B-16163/B16164/B-16161/B-16166/B-16167
Languages
TOOL/SETUP
LOADER FEATURES.
VITALS
Press SELECTION ARROW to select METRIC or
Enter Password on ENGLISH (M/E) readouts
Keypad
You can monitor real-tim readouts of:
Press Enter to Continue Engine Oil Pressure
Engine Coolant Temperature
Hydraulic Charge Pressure
Re-enter new password. Hydraulic Ouil Temperature
Press Enter to Continue System Voltage
(See left.) Engine Speed
B-16163/B16164/B-16171/B-16172/B-16173/B-16174
Figure 60-50-10
Front Accessory Panel [Figure 60-50-11]
SIDE ACCESSORY PANEL
REF.
DESC. FUNCTION/OPERATION
NO.
10. ADVANCED Press the top to select Hand Controls; bottom to
CONTROL select Foot Controls.
SYSTEM
(ACS)
11. NOT USED ---
12. POWER BOB- Press and hold the up arrow to disengage the
TACH (If the Bob-Tach wedges. Press and hold the down
Equipped) arrow to engage the wedges into the mounting
frame holes.
13. PARKING Press the top to engage the PARKING BRAKE;
BRAKE bottom to disengage.
14. TURN SIGNAL Indicates left or right TURN SIGNALS are ON.
7 8 9 P16000 INDICATORS
15. HAZARD Press the left side (or top) to turn the HAZARD
LIGHTS LIGHTS ON; right side (or bottom) to turn OFF.
Figure 60-50-11 16. ROTATING Press the left side (or top) to turn the
BEACON ROTATING BEACON ON; right side (or bottom)
FRONT ACCESSORY PANEL to turn OFF.
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17. SELECTABLE Press the top to select ‘ISO’ Control Pattern;
JOYSTICK bottom to select ‘H’ Control Pattern.
CONTROL
(SJC)
17 OR
B-15993B
B-15993
Figure 60-50-12
1
N-20140
Figure 60-50-13
1
1
P-28360
Figure 60-50-16
N-20163
Figure 60-50-17
1
1 N-20142
N-20103
Figure 60-50-20
1
1
N-20144
Figure 60-50-21
1
2 N-20145
Figure 60-50-24
1
1
P-26255
With a flat blade screw driver, turn the light bulb Installation: Be careful to not overtighten the front
counterclockwise [Figure 60-50-24] and remove from the accessory panel mounting bolts to prevent damage to the
panel. plastic panel.
2
1
N-20147 P-26251
To install the bulbs, place them in the sockets and turn Pull the front accessory panel down and disconnect the
clockwise [Figure 60-50-25]. wire harness connector(s) (Items 1 & 2) [Figure 60-50-
27] from the switches.
Figure 60-60-1
1
1
N-19351
N-19655
Figure 60-60-5
N-19339
Using care press the rear light and housing from the door
[Figure 60-60-5].
Identification Chart
41 50 41
50
40 31 40 31
30 21 30 21
20 11 20 11
10 1 10 1
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
J1 J2
Controller
41 50
41
31
J1 50
40 31 J2 40
21 30 21 30
11 20 11 20
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
V-171/V-172
41
J1 50
1400 8000 X 9800 X X 3420 7200 3520 X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Harness Connector View
41 50
J2
4410 9410 4640 9340 3920 4500 X 3300 X X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
V-172
Figure 60-70-1
1 1
1 P-37104
Remove the four left front side panel mount bolts (Item 1) 1
[Figure 60-70-1].
Figure 60-70-2
P-37105
1 1
1 Remove the top controller mount bolt (Item 1) [Figure
60-70-4].
Removal
Figure 60-71-1
1 P-26160
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment 1
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Removal (Cont’d)
Figure 60-71-4
A H
J2
J3
1
J4 P-26886
J1
Figure 60-71-6
P-26161
J S
P-26885A
Identification Chart
J1 J2
J4 J3
V-0103
LEFT WHEEL LEFT WHEEL RIGHT WHEEL RIGHT WHEEL BUCKET BUCKET TILT LIFT
SPEED (1ST DIRECTION DIRECTION SPEED (1ST LEVEL LEVEL POSITION POSITION
INPUT) (2ND INPUT) (2ND INPUT) INPUT) ANALOG 1 ANALOG 2 FEEDBACK FEEDBACK
A B C D E F G H
3020 3080 3070 3000 OPEN OPEN 3050 3060
J1 RIGHT
JOYSTICK
RIGHT
JOYSTICK
LEFT
JOYSTICK Y
LEFT
JOYSTICK X
FRONT RIGHT FRONT LEFT REAR LEFT
WHEEL WHEEL WHEEL STEERING
Y AXIS X AXIS AXIS AXIS POSITION POSITION POSITION MODE SELECT
J K L M N P R S
4520 4510 4540 4530 3140 3040 3030 4950
FRONT
REAR LEFT FRONT LEFT BACKUP
LIFT SPOOL SENSOR STEERING RIGHT TILT SPOOL
SOL. SOL. ALARM
FORWARD SUPPLY PRESS. CNTRL SOL. REVERSE
EXTEND RETRACT
RETRACT
A B C D E F G H
1240 1590 4060 4160 4020 4040 7100 2170
LIFT SPOOL
REAR LEFT
SOL.
REAR RIGHT
SOL.
REAR
RIGHT
SOL.
FRONT RIGHT
SOL. EXTEND
FRONT LEFT
SOL.
TILT SPOOL
FORWARD
J2
REVERSE GROUND RETRACT EXTEND EXTEND
RETRACT
J K L M N P R S
2180 2260 4170 4070 4050 4010 4030 1230
K J H G F
2690 2680 4110 4090 OPEN
J4 LEFT FWD LOW LEFT REV LOW LEFT REV HIGH RIGHT REV HIGH
REAR RIGHT
WHEEL POSITION
SIDE OUTPUT SIDE OUTPUT SIDE OUTPUT SIDE OUTPUT
A
E D C B
3130
2660 2670 4270 4250
A B C D E F G H
2500 9620 9520 OPEN OPEN 3145 1500 1190
V-0111 (6-14-01)
V-0111
Figure 60-80-1 2
1
3
P-28307
P-28309
1
Connect the speed sensor test harness (Item 1) [Figure
60-80-4] in line, between the loader wiring harness and
P-28306 the speed sensor harness.
Removal
1
Figure 60-80-5
1
P-26290
Figure 60-80-6
P-26291
P-26289
Removal (Cont'd)
Figure 60-80-9
1
1
P-26292
Figure 60-80-10
1 2
P-26295
With a thin screwdriver lift the tabs and remove the wires
from the connector [Figure 60-80-10].
Wire Code
1 Red
2 White
3 Black
4 Blue
Display
Figure 60-90-1
B-15551B
CODE CODE
01-16 Air filter not connected 11-05 Seat bar sensor short to battery
01-17 Air filter plugged 11-06 Seat bar sensor short to ground
02-16 Hydraulic charge filter not connected 12-21 Front auxiliary PWM switch out of range high
02-17 Hydraulic charge filter plugged 12-22 Front auxiliary PWM switch out of range low
12-23 Front auxiliary PWM switch not in neutral
03-09 Battery voltage low
03-10 Battery voltage high 13-05 Fuel shut-off hold solenoid short to battery
03-11 Battery voltage extremely high 13-06 Fuel shot-off hold solenoid short to ground
03-14 Battery voltage extremely low 13-07 Fuel shut-off solenoid open circuit
03-22 Battery voltage out of range low
14-02 Fuel shut-off pull solenoid error ON
04-09 Engine oil pressure low 14-03 Fuel shut-off pull solenoid error OFF
04-14 Engine oil pressure extremely low
04-15 Engine oil pressure shutdown level 15-02 Traction lock pull solenoid error ON
04-21 Engine oil pressure out of range high 15-03 Traction lock pull solenoid error OFF
04-22 Engine oil pressure out of range low
16-05 Traction lock hold solenoid short to battery
05-09 Hydraulic charge pressure low 16-06 Traction lock hold solenoid short to ground
05-14 Hydraulic charge pressure extremely low 16-07 Traction lock hold solenoid open circuit
05-15 Hydraulic charge pressure shutdown level
05-21 Hydraulic charge pressure out of range high 17-05 Hydraulic lock valve solenoid short to battery
05-22 Hydraulic charge pressure of range low 17-06 Hydraulic lock valve solenoid short to ground
17-07 Hydraulic lock valve solenoid open circuit
06-10 Engine speed high
06-11 Engine speed extremely high 18-05 Spool Lock Solenoid short to battery
06-13 Engine speed no signal 18-06 Spool Lock Solenoid short to ground
06-15 Engine speed shutdown level 18-07 Spool Lock Solenoid open circuit
06-18 Engine speed out of range
19-02 Bucket position solenoid error ON
07-10 Hydraulic oil temperature high 19-03 Bucket position solenoid error OFF
07-15 Hydraulic oil temperature shutdown level 20-02 Two-speed solenoid error ON
07-21 Hydraulic oil temperature out of range high 20-03 Two-speed solenoid error OFF
08-10 Engine coolant temperature high 21-03 Glow plug error OFF
CODE CODE
25-02 Rear auxiliary relief solenoid error ON 32-61 Handle lock short to ground
25-03 Rear auxiliary relief solenoid error Off 32-62 Handle lock short to battery
32-63 Pedal lock short to ground
26-02 Front base solenoid error ON 32-64 Pedal lock short to battery
26-03 Front base solenoid error OFF 32-65 Sensor supply voltage out of range
32-66 Battery voltage out of range
27-02 Front rod solenoid error ON 32-67 Switch flipped while operating
27-03 Front rod solenoid error OFF 32-68 Lift handle information error
32-69 Control pattern switch flipped while operating
28-02 Diverter solenoid error ON 32-70 Right drive handle short to ground
28-03 Diverter solenoid error OFF 32-71 Right drive handle short to battery
29-02 High flow solenoid error ON 33-23 Main Controller (Bobcat Controller) not
programmed
29-03 High flow solenoid error OFF
34-04 Deluxe panel no communication to Bobcat
controller
30-28 Controller Memory failure
35-02 Two-speed fan error ON
31-28 Interrupted power failure 35-03 Two-speed fan error OFF
32-04 ACS not communicating with Bobcat Controller 36-48 ACD multiple controllers present
32-23 ACS Not calibrated
32-31 Tilt actuator fault 37-02 Two-speed secondary error ON
32-32 Tilt actuator wiring fault 37-03 Two-speed secondary error OFF
32-33 Tilt handle wiring fault
32-34 Tilt actuator not in neutral
32-35 Tilt handle/pedal not in neutral
32-36 Lift actuator fault
32-37 Lift actuator wiring fault
32-38 Lift handle wiring fault
32-39 Lift actuator not in neutral
32-40 Lift handle/pedal not in neutral
32-41 No communication
32-49 Lift actuator short to ground
32-50 Tilt actuator short to ground
32-51 Lift actuator short to battery
32-52 Tilt actuator short to battery
32-53 Lift handle/pedal short to ground
32-54 Tilt handle/pedal short to ground
32-55 Lift handle/pedal short to battery
32-56 Tilt handle/pedal short to battery
32-57 Lift actuator reduced performance
32-58 Tilt actuator reduced performance
32-59 Lift actuator wrong direction
32-60 Tilt actuator wrong direction
CODE CODE
38-04 No communication from joystick controller 38-53 Left forward drive solenoid error OFF
38-05 Left joystick X axis not in neutral 38-54 Left reverse drive solenoid error OFF
38-06 Right joystick X axis not in neutral 38-55 Right forward drive solenoid error OFF
38-07 Left joystick Y as not in neutral 38-56 Right reverse drive solenoid error OFF
38-08 Right joystick Y axis not in neutral 38-57 Front right extend steering solenoid error OFF
38-09 Control pattern switch - Short to Battery or Ground 38-58 Front right retract steering solenoid error OFF
38-11 Lift actuator not in neutral 38-59 Front left extend steering solenoid error OFF
38-12 Tilt actuator not in neutral 38-60 Front left retract steering solenoid error OFF
38-13 Lift actuator fault 38-61 Rear right extend steering solenoid error OFF
38-14 Tilt actuator fault 38-62 Rear right retract steering solenoid error OFF
38-15 Right wheel speed fault 38-63 Rear left extend steering solenoid error OFF
38-16 Left wheel speed fault 38-64 Rear left retract steering solenoid error OFF
38-17 Tilt actuator reduced performance 38-65 Steering pressure solenoid error OFF
38-18 Lift actuator reduced performance 38-66 Back-up alarm error OFF
38-19 Left joystick X axis out of range high 38-67 No communication from Bobcat controller
38-20 Right joystick X axis out of range low 38-68 Wheel angles (alignment) not calibrated
38-21 Left joystick Y axis out of range high 38-69 Lift & tilt actuators not calibrated
38-22 Right joystick Y axis out of range high 38-70 Interrupted power
38-23 Front right steering sensor out of range high 38-71 Battery out of range
38-24 Front left steering sensor out of range high 38-72 Drive pump not calibrated
38-25 Rear right steering sensor out of range high 38-73 Steering mode / drive mode switch flipped while
operating
38-26 Rear left steering sensor out of range high 38-74 Uncommanded right wheel speed error ON
38-27 Lift actuator out of range high 38-75 Uncommanded left wheel speed error ON
38-28 Tilt actuator out of range high 38-76 Undercurrent steer pressure solenoid
38-29 Left joystick X axis out of range low 38-77 Undercurrent front right extend steer solenoid
38-30 Right joystick X axis out of range low 38-78 Undercurrent front right retract steer solenoid
38-31 Left joystick Y axis out of range low 38-79 Undercurrent front left extend steer solenoid
38-32 Right joystick Y axis out of range low 38-80 Undercurrent front left retract steer solenoid
38-33 Front right steering sensor out of range low 38-81 Undercurrent rear right extend steer solenoid
38-34 Front left steering sensor out of range low 38-82 Undercurrent rear right retract steer solenoid
38-35 Rear right steering sensor out of range low 38-83 Undercurrent rear left extend steer solenoid
38-36 Rear left steering sensor out of range low 38-84 Undercurrent rear left retract steer solenoid
38-37 5 volt sensor supply 1 out of range low 38-85 5 Volt sensor supply 1 out of range high
38-38 5 volt sensor supply 2 out of range low 38-86 5 Volt sensor supply 2 out of range high
38-39 Lift actuator short to ground / out of range low 38-87 Front right wheel blocked (steering mechanical failure)
38-40 Tilt actuator short to ground / out of range low 38-88 Front left wheel blocked (steering mechanical failure)
38-41 Tilt actuator wrong direction 38-89 Rear right wheel blocked (steering mechanical failure)
38-42 Lift actuator wrong direction 38-90 Rear left steering error
38-43 Left forward drive solenoid error ON 38-91 Right speed sensor missing pulses
38-44 Left reverse drive solenoid error ON 38-92 Left speed sensor missing pulses
38-45 Right forward drive solenoid error ON 38-93 Unresponsive right speed sensor
38-46 Right reverse drive solenoid error ON 38-94 Unresponsive left speed sensor
38-47 Front right steering solenoid error ON 38-98 Controller in drive calibration mode
38-48 Front left steering solenoid error ON 38-99 Controller in wheel position calibration mode.
38-49 Rear right steering solenoid error ON
38-50 Rear left steering solenoid error ON
38-51 Steering pressure solenoid error ON
38-52 Back-up alarm error ON
CODE CODE
39-04 Left joystick no communication to Bobcat 85-02 ACD output ‘F’ error ON
controller
85-03 ACD output ‘F’ error OFF
40-04 Right joystick no communication to Bobcat
controller
86-02 ACD output ‘G’ error ON
44-02 Horn error ON 86-03 ACD output ‘G’ error OFF
44-03 Horn error OFF
87-02 ACD output ‘H’ error ON
45-02 Right blinker error ON 87-03 ACD output ‘H’ error OFF
45-03 Right blinker error OFF
90-02 Service tool output ‘C’ error ON
46-02 Left blinker error ON 90-03 Service tool output ‘C’ error OFF
46-03 Left blinker error OFF
91-02 Service tool output ‘D’ error ON
47-21 8 volt sensor supply out of range high 91-03 Service tool output ‘D’ error OFF
47-22 8 volt sensor supply out of range low
92-02 Service tool output ‘E’ error ON
48-02 Front light relay error ON 92-03 Service tool output ‘E’ error OFF
48-03 Front light relay error OFF
93-02 Service tool output ‘F’ error ON
49-02 Rear light relay error ON 93-03 Service tool output ‘F’ error OFF
49-03 Rear light relay error OFF
10. Raise the lift arms about 6 feet (2 meters) off the
ground.
Troubleshooting
WARNING
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting BICS system Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs
problems. It is recommended that these procedures be or service. Failure to make correct repairs or
done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel only. adjustments can cause injury or death.
W-2004-1285
PROBLEM CAUSE
All indicator lights flashing. 5
One of the indicator lights flashing. 1
Intermittent indicator lights. 2, 3, 4
2 Seat Bar is Seat Bar is up. Lift and tilt 2 11-05 Seat Bar sensor circuit shorted to battery
down. functions will voltage*.
not operate. 3 11-06 Seat Bar sensor circuit shorted to ground.
3 Control valve can Control valve Lift, tilt and 1 17-07 Valve output circuit is open.
be used. cannot be used. traction 2 17-05 Valve output circuit shorted to battery voltage*.
functions will 3 17-06 Valve output circuit shorted to ground.
not operate.
3 17-06 Controller not grounded or intermittent ground.
4 Loader can be Loader cannot Loader cannot 1 16-07 Traction lock hold solenoid circuit is open.
moved forward & be moved be moved 2 16-05 Traction lock hold solenoid circuit shorted to
backward forward and forward and battery voltage*.
backward. backward. 3 16-06 Traction lock hold solenoid circuit shorted to
ground.
5 15-02 Traction lock pull solenoid circuit is shorted to
battery voltage* - ERROR ON (Should be OFF).
6 15-03 Traction lock pull solenoid circuit ERROR OFF
(Should be ON).
SEAT BAR 2 LIFT & TILT VALVE 3 TRACTION 4 03-09
Continuous System voltage low
Flashing 03-10 System voltage high
NOTES:
Multiple SERVICE CODES and/or Abnormal Symptoms can be caused by corroded or loose ground. Check grounds and
both battery connections.
ERROR OFF = shorted to ground or bad fuse, faulty wiring, faulty open relay, no voltage from relay to controller.
ERROR ON = shorted to battery voltage, faulty wiring, faulty closed relay.
*Normal BICS operating voltage is less than the electrical system voltage.
Troubleshooting Chart
WARNING
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting BICS system Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs
problems. It is recommended that these procedures be or service. Failure to make correct repairs or
done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel only. adjustments can cause injury or death.
W-2004-1285
PROBLEM CAUSE
Indicator light does not come ON when seat bar is lowered. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Test
Figure 60-110-1
1
1
P-4698
1
P-4699
N-19557
Raise the seat bar. The Sensor Test light (Item 1) [Figure
N-19558 60-110-4] should go off.
If the above test fails, there is a problem with the seat bar
Connect the Sensor Tester (Item 1) inline, to the seat bar sensor.
sensor connectors. See inset [Figure 60-110-2].
Disconnect the Sensor Tester.
Turn the key to the ON position. DO NOT START THE
ENGINE. Replace the Seat Bar Sensor. (See Removal And
Installation on Page 60-110-3.)
If the above test passes, run the seat bar sensor BICS
circuit test. (See BICS™ Circuit Test on Page 60-110-4.)
Figure 60-110-7
2
1
N-19224
3 IMPORTANT
Be careful to not overtighten the sensor mounting
bolt and nut to prevent breakage of the sensor.
I-2088-1095
1
N-19219
Figure 60-110-8 NOTE: The sensor test light (Item 3) [Figure 60-110-9]
is only activated by the seat bar. It will be off
with the seat bar up or on with the seat bar
down.
Figure 60-110-10
N-18463
1
1
2
1
P-4699
P-4703
Troubleshooting
WARNING
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting BICS system Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs
problems. It is recommended that these procedures be or service. Failure to make correct repairs or
done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel only. adjustments can cause injury or death.
W-2004-1285
PROBLEM CAUSE
Traction lock stays engaged. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,11
Intermittent activation of traction lock. 8, 9, 10,11
2
WARNING 1
Figure 60-120-3
1
2
1
P-34230 4
IMPORTANT
Failure to use LOCTITE may allow the traction lock
assembly to loosen up which can cause damage to
the traction lock system.
I-2090-1095
Figure 60-120-4 5
4 N-18409
3
2
5 1 2 3 4
B-15551G
N-20211
Description Of The Control System (Two Speed) NOTE: The TRACTION light (Item 4) on the left
instrument panel will remain OFF until the
The Traction Lock Control System will lock the traction engine is started, the PRESS TO OPERATE
drive system when the engine stops. The Traction Lock LOADER Button (Item 1) [Figure 60-120-5] is
Control System is incorporated into the BICS System. pressed and the parking brake is disengaged.
Figure 60-120-6
2 1
P-34966
Figure 60-130-3
1
1
P-16536
P-16536 P-21879
1 P-24203
The Advanced Control System (ACS) is a selectable foot/
hand control system.
Control Valve Actuators (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-3].
The ACS system allows the operator to quickly switch
between foot and hand control modes. NOTE: The calibration procedure must be followed
when replacing a handle sensor, foot pedal
Control Handle (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-1]. sensor, actuator or ACS Controller. (See
Calibration Of The ACS System on Page 60-
Handle Sensor (Item 2) [Figure 60-130-1]. 130-14.)
Figure 60-130-2
1
P-21767
1
Figure 60-130-5
P-21769A
Troubleshooting Guide
The Advanced Control System (ACS) has a built-in diagnostic function which uses an icon on the right instrument panel
to indicate the condition of the ACS SYSTEM. The system also records the alarm condition as a service code.
The control module continually checks the system in the order listed. The checks start with the lift handle sensor and then
the lift actuator. If no problems are present, it will then check the tilt handle sensor and the tilt actuator. The system will
stop its check at the first problem and then luminate the icon.
The system starts its diagnostics and calibration when the ignition key is turned ON.
The following list shows the probable causes when the icon is luminated.
Advanced General Fuel Level System Engine Oil Engine Air Filter
Control Warning Voltage Pressure Coolant
System Temperature
Attachment Two Speed Glow Plugs Seat belt Hydraulic Hydraulic Oil Hydraulic
Control Charge Temperature Filter
Device Pressure
Errors - lights solid with 3 beeps 32-59 - Lift actuator wrong direction
32-04 - ACS in error 32-60 - Tilt actuator wrong direction
32-23 - ACS not calibrated 32-61 - Handle lock short to ground
32-49 - Lift actuator short to ground 32-62 - Handle lock short to battery
32-50 - Tilt actuator short to ground 32-63 - Pedal lock short to ground
32-51 - Lift actuator short to battery 32-64 - Pedal lock short to battery
32-52 - Tilt actuator short to battery 32-65 - Sensor supply voltage out of range
32-53 - Lift handle/pedal short to ground 32-66 - Battery out of range
32-54 - Tilt handle/ pedal short to ground 32-67 - Switch moved while operating
32-55 - Lift handle/pedal short to battery
32-56 - Tilt handle/pedal short to battery
32-57 - Lift actuator reduced performance
32-58 - Tilt actuator reduced performance
To see what error occurred, check the service code on the left instrument panel. (See DIAGNOSTICS SERVICE CODES
on Page 60-90-1.)
G H
J J1 J3
F K
E A
D B
J3 C H
G
F J
K J2
F E
G D A
E H B
C
A J2
B
D
J1
C
J3
J1 J2
P-21843
Figure 60-130-6
1
1
P-45284
P-21843
Figure 60-130-9
1
3
2
1
P13733
1 1
1 1
P13725
P13725 P13732
Figure 60-130-12
3 1
2
P13735
2 1
Figure 60-130-15
NOTE: Switch handle can be removed and installed
while in loader.
P13725 P13732
P13725 P13732
Figure 60-130-16
1 2
3 4
3 1
2
N-17772
1
Disconnect the left switch handle connectors (Items 1, 2,
P13735 3 & 4) [Figure 60-130-18] from the loader wiring harness
connectors.
Use a pointed tool, press down on the tab (Item 1) Figure 60-130-19
[Figure 60-130-16] and pull the wire from the connector.
Figure 60-130-17
2 2
2
N-22783
N-17779 Roll the pistol grip handle cover (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-
19] down.
Disconnect the right switch handle connectors (Items 1 & Using a small screwdriver, lift the handle tabs (Item 2)
2) [Figure 60-130-17] from the loader wiring harness [Figure 60-130-19] and slightly rotate the switch handle.
connectors.
Figure 60-130-20
2
Tape back 1/2 of Wires Tape 1/2 of Wires
P-24233
P-21699
N-22784
When installing the new switch handle, tape the wire
terminals together.
Pull the switch handle and wiring harness assembly (Item
1) [Figure 60-130-20] from the control lever. The switch handle comes with a 6 inch piece of heat
shrink tube side on the end of the wires. Remove the
Cut the wires (Item 2) [Figure 60-130-20] below the heat shrink tube from the end of the wires before routing
switch handle and remove switch handle. through handle and control lever tube.
NOTE: Only cut the wires if the switch handle is bad NOTE: Leave all the other heat shrink tube on the
and needs replacement. If the switch handle is wires for protection.
good and just needs to be removed for control
handle or lever replacement, then remove the Tape half of the wires back and half forward [Figure 60-
connectors on the end of the harness and pull 130-22] to keep the harness small enough to route
switch handle up out of lever tube. through the control lever tube.
Figure 60-130-21
P-24234
Three-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Red/White
B-Terminal - Black/White
P-21700 C-Terminal - Purple/White
Figure 60-130-25
3 1
2
P13735
1
Install the wires into the connectors as listed below:
N-17779
Left and Right Control Lever Switch Handle [Figure 60-
130-27]
Figure 60-130-26 1-Terminal - Red/White
2-Terminal - Black/White
3-Terminal - Purple/White
Figure 60-130-28
1
1
3
N-17772 2
N-18940
Figure 60-130-32
Connect the handle harness connectors to the sensor
and lock solenoid connectors [Figure 60-130-29].
1
1
N-17742 N-17741
Figure 60-130-33
1
2
1 P-21787
P-21836
Remove solenoid (Item 1) from the solenoid mount (Item
2) [Figure 60-130-35].
Disconnect the harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 60-
130-33] from the handle sensor connector. Installation: Apply a drop of oil to the solenoid threads
and tighten solenoid to 35-40 ft.-lb. (47-54 N•m) lubed
Disconnect the harness connector (Item 2) [Figure 60- torque.
130-33] from the handle lock solenoid connector.
Figure 60-130-36
Figure 60-130-34
1
P-21789
P-21832
Figure 60-130-37
3
2 1
P-21802
Figure 60-130-40
1 B-16627
With the seat bar down, turn the ignition key on (keyless
panel choose RUN/ENTER) [Figure 60-130-41] and
P-24826 push the PRESS TO OPERATE button (Item 1) [Figure
60-130-42] to unlock the hand controls.
Switch the rocker switch (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-40] to NOTE: Do not start the engine.
the hand control mode.
Figure 60-130-43
Figure 60-130-41
or
Press RUN/ENTER
B-16628
B-16626
Figure 60-130-46
Press RUN/ENTER
B-16626
Figure 60-130-45 With the seat bar down and the ignition key off (keyless
panel power off), fully stroke both control handles in
toward the center of the cab and hold the handles there
[Figure 60-130-46].
Figure 60-130-47
1 or
Press RUN/ENTER
B-16627
Figure 60-130-48
1 1
P-24269
B-16627
Remove the two bolts (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-49] from
the end of the foot sensor.
Push the PRESS TO OPERATE button (Item 1) [Figure
60-130-48] to begin the calibration. Installation: Tighten the bolts to 90 in.-lb. (10,2 N•m)
torque. Apply LOCTITE #242 to the threads.
NOTE: The ACS icon will light up and if you listen
closely the cycling of the actuators can be Figure 60-130-50
heard. The ACS icon will stay lit until the
ignition key is cycled or the loader is started 5
and a function is operated.
NOTE: The ACS controller cycles the actuators, Remove the boot retainer (Item 1), boot (Item 2), spool
records the values and optimizes the system stop plate (Item 3), O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 60-130-50].
automatically in approximately 5 seconds.
NOTE: Do not disassemble the sensor assembly
Calibration is complete. (Item 5) [Figure 60-130-50]. The sensor
assembly is a calibrated assembly and cannot
be serviced. Order through Bobcat Parts.
Figure 60-130-51 1
3 1
2
P-24274
P-24272 P-24273
Figure 60-130-55
1 1
2
P-21800 P-21801
Figure 60-130-56 1
P-21802
1 - Terminal - Black
2 - Terminal - Open
P-21790 3 - Terminal - Black
Attachment
xxxxxxxxx Harness
Switch Solenoid Number Attachment Harness
Terminal
Number Activated Connector
Left Side Activated Right Side
Control Handle Control Handle
Switches RH HFH Fourteen Pin Switches
Connector Viewed
1 1 1 1, 8 K from front
2 2 2 2 K (pin side of
connector)
3 1 1 1, 8 K of loader.
4 2 2, 3 6, 7 K, A, D
5 1 1, 3 5, 7 K, A, C
6 1 1, 3 5, 7 K, E
7 1 1, 3 5, 7 K, F
8 1 1, 3 5, 7 K, G
9 1 1, 3 5, 7 K, H
B-16449
B-16447 10, 11, 12, - -- -- K
B-16448
13, 14
NOTE: All diagnostics must be done at the fourteen pin connector (Item 1). (If so equipped as a dealer installed
kit.)
The ACD (Attachment Control Device) automatically recognizes the use of the seven or fourteen pin
connector when connected.
2 S
1 2
2
0
H
NOTE: Front Auxiliary Pressure Release is accomplished by manually pushing the male and female couplers in
at the front auxiliary block.
The Hydraulic Pressure Release Button will activate solenoid number 4 at the diverter valve, shut down
the loader, and bleed the rear auxiliary (If so equipped.) and also the right side front auxiliary. (If so
equipped.)
The Hi-Flow Button in the left side instrument panel must be pushed ON to activate solenoid number 5 at
the gear pump.
RIGHT HAND
17 18
2 1
8
10 1. Front Aux.
2. Front Aux.
3. Auxiliary Detent
11 8. Right Ski (Up) 3
9
9. Right Ski (Down)
16 10. Right Blink
11. Left Blink
16. Float (Yellow in Color)
17. Future Function
P-24802
18. Future Function
P-28316
LEFT HAND
19 20
4 5
4. Rear Aux. (Side Shift
5. Rear Aux. (Side Shift)
12
6. Left Skit (Up)
6 7. Left Ski (Down)
12. Two-Speed (High)
13. Two-Speed (Low)
13 7
14. Horn
15. Inching Control
14
15 (Grey in Color)
19. Future Function
20. Future Function
P-24820
P-28317
Fourteen Pin
Connector Viewed
from front
(pin side of
connector)
of loader. 1
B-16449
NOTE: All diagnostics must be done at the fourteen pin connector (Item 1). (If so equipped as a dealer installed
kit.)
The ACD (Attachment Control Device) automatically recognizes the use of the seven or fourteen pin
connector when connected.
If the ACD light flashes, check for diagnostic service codes. See the Electrical System Service Manual for
the proper procedure.
4 2 1 S
2
2
0
H
5
6 3 MC-2314C
NOTE: Front Auxiliary Pressure Release is accomplished by manually pushing the male and female couplers in
at the front auxiliary block.
The Hydraulic Pressure Release Button will activate solenoid number 3 on the Standard Flow Loader and
the High Flow Loader. (If so equipped.) It will also shut down the loader, and bleed the rear auxiliary. (If
so equipped.)
The Hi-Flow Button in the left side instrument panel must be pushed ON to activate solenoid number 6 on
the select valve.
Figure 60-150-1
1 2
P16119
Procedure
Figure 60-160-1
1
P-26475
1 Figure 60-160-4
P-45240
Figure 60-160-2 Turn the key (Item 1) [Figure 60-160-3] to the RUN
position or press the RUN/ENTER button (Item 1)
[Figure 60-160-4] for power, without starting the loader.
P-28063
Procedure (Cont’d)
Figure 60-160-5
1
P-26477A
Adjustment
1 2
Figure 60-170-1
1
2
P-43970
Turn the RPM sensor and the jam nut out from the
P-43971 flywheel. Set a clearance of 0.050 inch. (1,27 mm)
between the jam nut and the housing with a feeler gauge
(Item 1) [Figure 60-170-2].
When reinstalling the RPM sensor, turn the RPM sensor
(Item 1) [Figure 60-170-1] in until it makes contact with Remove the feeler gauge.
the engine flywheel.
Tighten the jam nut (Item 2) [Figure 60-170-2] to 12-17
Turn the jam nut (Item 2) [Figure 60-170-1] until it ft.-lb. (16-23 N•m) torque.
contacts the flywheel housing. The jam nut should not be
tightened, it needs to turn with the RPM sensor when the NOTE: New RPM sensors have a plastic tip which is
sensor is turned back out for adjustment. used as a gauge during installation. The
plastic tip is designed to come off after the
engine is started.
ENGINE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-1
Mount Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-8
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-1
Removal And Installation Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-9
MUFFLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-30-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-30-1
RADIATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-50-1
Mount Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-50-3
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-50-1
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-10-1
Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-10-1
Chart
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for assistance in locating and correcting problems which are most
common. Many of the recommended procedures must be done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel only.
PROBLEM CAUSE
Slow cranking speed. 1, 2, 3, 4
Engine will not start. 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 19, 27, 28, 29
Difficult to start. 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 27, 28, 29
No power for engine. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 27, 28, 29
Engine is mis-firing. 8, 9, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 21, 22, 24, 25, 26, 28
Too much fuel consumption. 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 23, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29
Black exhaust. 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 23, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29
Blue/white exhaust. 4, 10, 15, 16, 17, 21, 23, 27, 29, 30, 46, 47
Low oil pressure. 4, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 37, 38, 39, 45, 48
Engine knocking. 13, 15, 16, 19, 22, 24, 25, 27, 29, 31, 40, 41, 49
Engine running rough. 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 17, 18, 22, 24, 25, 26, 29, 40, 49
Vibration. 2, 13, 17, 21, 22, 25, 26, 29, 40, 42, 43
High oil pressure warning. 4, 33, 36
Overheating. 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 20, 21, 32, 40, 44, 47
Too much crankcase pressure. 22, 27, 29, 46
Poor compression. 10, 16, 21, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29, 30, 41, 49
Start and stop. 9, 10, 11
Chart (Cont’d)
Figure 70-20-1 Remove the speed control lever (Item 3) [Figure 70-20-
2].
Figure 70-20-3
1
N-19802
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm device.
N-19804
(See Engaging The Lift Arm Support Device on Page 10-
20-1.)
Remove the mounting bracket (Item 1) [Figure 70-20-3]
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab
from the speed control arm (Item 1) [Figure 70-20-4]
on Page 10-30-1.)
Figure 70-20-4
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 70-20-
1].
Figure 70-20-2
1
2
1
N-19805
Figure 70-20-5
1
1
2
P-34119
N-19806
Raise the lift arm and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support Device on
Remove the retainer pin (Item 1) and pivot pin (Item 2) Page 10-20-1.)
[Figure 70-20-5] from the speed control arm, to
disconnect the speed control cable clevis. Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab
on Page 10-30-1.)
Figure 70-20-6
Remove the speed control lever assembly. (See Removal
And Installation on Page 70-20-1.)
N-19807
Figure 70-20-8
2 1
P-34936
Removal
Figure 70-21-1
1
1
P-34546
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm Figure 70-21-4
support device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support
Device on Page 10-20-1.)
Figure 70-21-2
P-34550
2
P-34545
Removal (Cont'd)
Figure 70-21-5 1
1
1
P-34548
Figure 70-21-6
2 4 4
6
P-34551
The parts that go into the pivot arm (Item 1) are the bolt
(Item 2), washers (Items 3), fiber washers (Items 4),
spacer (Item 5) and nut (Item 6) [Figure 70-21-6].
Removal (Cont'd)
Figure 70-21-9
1
1
P-34656
2
Disassembly 2
Figure 70-21-10 3
1
1
P-34657
P-34655
Figure 70-21-13
1
1
P-34555
P-34658 Raise the lift arm and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support Device on
Page 10-20-1.)
Remove the fiber washer (Item 1) and washer (Item 2)
[Figure 70-21-13] from the pivot bolt. Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab
on Page 10-30-1.)
Figure 70-21-14
Remove the speed control lever assembly. (See Removal
on Page 70-21-1.)
Figure 70-21-16
P-34659
2
Remove the pivot bolt (Item 1) [Figure 70-21-14] from 1
the speed control.
P-34936
P-34939
Figure 70-30-2
P-34938
Figure 70-40-1
1
P-34910
Figure 70-40-2
P-43901
P-34909
Remove the left side access panel (Item 1) [Figure 70-
40-4] from the loader.
Remove the top mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 70-40-2]
from the air cleaner mount bracket.
Figure 70-40-5
P-34912
Figure 70-40-6
P-34913
Figure 70-50-1
P-37023
Figure 70-50-2
P-37025
P-37022
Figure 70-50-5
1
P-43902
Figure 70-50-8
Remove the radiator hose clamp (Item 1) [Figure 70-50-
5] and remove the left side radiator hose.
Figure 70-50-6
1
P-43903
Mount Removal
Figure 70-50-9
1
1 1
P-37028
Figure 70-50-10
1 1
1
P-37029
Figure 70-60-1
P5551
Figure 70-60-4
Remove the fan drive belt (Item 1) [Figure 70-60-1].
1 3
4 2
1
N-00303
Figure 70-60-5
Remove the hydraulic reservoir fill and vent hoses (Item
1) [Figure 70-60-7].
1
Remove the two nuts (Item 2) [Figure 70-60-7] and
remove the fan sheild from the fan housing.
Figure 70-60-8
P-34265
At the left side access hole remove the fan drive belt
(Item 1) [Figure 70-60-5].
Figure 70-60-6
1
1 N-20011
P3006
Blower Removal And Installation As the center bolt (Item 2) [Figure 70-60-11] is tightened,
periodically strike the bolt head to loosen the fan from the
Figure 70-60-10 shaft.
Figure 70-60-12
CD-9952
CD-9953
Remove the lock nut and spacer [Figure 70-60-10].
Installation: Tighten the nut to 45-55 ft.-lb. (61-75 N•m) Remove the fan from the tapered shaft [Figure 70-60-
torque. 12].
Figure 70-60-13
CD-9954
18
6
1
2 3
4 4
7
5
22
4
12 9
13
14
10
11
*16
20 15 21
1. Seal
2. Snap Ring (Small) 17
3. Shims (1.0 inch O.D.) 12
4. Bearing
5. Shaft (Long)
6. Shims (2.0 inch O.D.)
3
7. Long Key
8. Shaft (Short)
9. Short Key
10. Long Housing 4
11. Nut
12. Gear 13
13. Washer
14. Screw
15. Square Shim
16. Short Housing* 14
17. Bolt
18. Snap Ring (Large)
19. Cap 18
20. Long Housing Assy.
21. Short Housing Assy.
22. Fill Plug 19 TS-1002
Gearbox Disassembly
Figure 70-60-14
2 Part Number
Tag
P2983
3 Remove the four mounting bolts and the part number tag
P-37891 [Figure 70-60-15].
Long Housing
Loosen the set screws (Item 1) and remove the pulley P2999
(Item 2) [Figure 70-60-14].
Remove the long key (Item 3) [Figure 70-60-14]. Remove the oil from the gearbox.
Drill an 1/8 inch (13 mm) hole in the seal. Use a slide
hammer tool to remove the seal [Figure 70-60-16].
Figure 70-60-17
P2966
Figure 70-60-20
Remove the small snap ring [Figure 70-60-17].
Figure 70-60-18
P3004
P2963 Support the lower flange and press the shaft from the
bearing [Figure 70-60-20].
Remove the small shims [Figure 70-60-18]. NOTE: The gear and the other bearing (pulley end)
will be removed with the shaft.
Figure 70-60-21
P2996
Figure 70-60-24
Support the bearing and press the shaft from the bearing
[Figure 70-60-21].
Short Housing
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety goggles to prevent eye injury when
drilling or grinding.
W-2108-1186
P2970
Figure 70-60-22
Remove the large snap ring from the flange end of the
housing [Figure 70-60-24].
P2997
Figure 70-60-25
P2973
Remove the snap ring from the cap end of the housing
P2969 [Figure 70-60-27].
Figure 70-60-28
Remove the large shims from the housing [Figure 70-60-
25].
Figure 70-60-26
P2998
Figure 70-60-29
P2972
Figure 70-60-30
P3001
Press the bearing, shims and gear from the shaft [Figure
70-60-30].
Gearbox Assembly
Figure 70-60-32
P2960
Long Housing
Install a bearing on the long keyed end of the shaft
Press a bearing on the short keyed end of the long shaft [Figure 70-60-34].
[Figure 70-60-32].
Support the lower bearing and press the other bearing in
the housing until the bearings seat in the housing [Figure
70-60-34].
Figure 70-60-35
P2965
Install the gear key in the flange end of the shaft [Figure
P2963 70-60-37].
Figure 70-60-38
Install on the bearing, the same number and size shims
that were removed during disassembly [Figure 70-60-
35].
Figure 70-60-36
P2967
Install the small snap ring in the groove above the shims
[Figure 70-60-36].
Figure 70-60-39
P2969
Figure 70-60-42
Install the washer [Figure 70-60-39].
Short Housing
Figure 70-60-40
P2970
Install the large snap ring in the groove above the shims
[Figure 70-60-42].
P2968
Figure 70-60-43
P2976
1
Install the shaft in the housing, tapered end in the bearing
P2971 at the round flange end of the housing [Figure 70-60-45].
Figure 70-60-46
Install the short key (Item 1) [Figure 70-60-43].
Align and press the gear on the shaft (teeth toward the
tapered end of the shaft).
Figure 70-60-44
P2977
Install on the shaft, the same number and size shims that
were removed during disassembly [Figure 70-60-46].
P2975
After the gear is seated, drive the key down inside the
gear key way [Figure 70-60-44].
Figure 70-60-47
P2978
Figure 70-60-48
P2973
Figure 70-60-50
P2981
To check the gear backlash use the following procedure: Figure 70-60-52
Part Number
Tag
P2983
Figure 70-60-53
2 1
1.000”
(25,4 mm)
P-37893
Install the long key (Item 1) and the pulley (Item 2) Hold the locking pliers against the long housing and
[Figure 70-60-53]. rotate the pulley back and forth to read the dial gauge
[Figure 70-60-55].
Install a bolt in the set screw hole to maintain a 1.000
inch (25,4 mm) distance from the shaft center to the bolt If the backlash is GREATER than 0.008 inch (0,203 mm),
head (to be used with a dial indicator) [Figure 70-60-53]. do the following:
Figure 70-60-56
P2985
Figure 70-60-58
P3089
SHORT HOUSING
Remove the bolts from the flanges and separate the two
housings.
P2986
1
3
2
3
2
1
N-19862
N-19999P
Figure 70-70-2
1
1
N-20015
P-34265
Figure 70-70-5
1 1
P-43958
At the top of the control valve, remove the hydraulic hose Figure 70-70-8
(Item 1) [Figure 70-70-5] that comes from the back side
of the hydraulic gear pump.
Figure 70-70-6 2
P-43957
1
Disconnect the two hydraulic hoses (Item 1) [Figure 70-
P-43954 70-8] from the inlet fitting at the front of the gear pump.
Figure 70-70-9
1
P-28123
At the left side access hole, remove the fan drive belt Figure 70-70-12
(Item 1) [Figure 70-70-9] from the flywheel pulley.
1
Figure 70-70-10
3 2
1 P-34961
Figure 70-70-13
2
1
2
1
P-34964
3
Disconnect the wiring harness connector (Item 1) [Figure
P-34962 70-70-15] from the fuel shut-off solenoid.
Figure 70-70-14
2
P-34965
1
Remove the ground wire (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-16] from
the alternator.
Figure 70-70-17
3 5
1
2
P-34969
4 1
Remove the left rear engine mouinting bolt (Item 1)
P-34966 [Figure 70-70-19].
Figure 70-70-18
P-34968
Figure 70-70-21
1
1
P-37373
Figure 70-70-24
P-37375
Figure 70-70-22 1
1 P-37369
Install the engine removal bracket on the engine using Finger tighten the bolts.
the two holes (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-22] on the muffler
mount bracket and the hole (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-23] in
the exhaust tube/bracket coming from the turbo charger.
P-37368
Figure 70-70-26
1
1
P-37385
Check all bolts that attach the engine lift brackets (Item 1)
[Figure 70-70-28] to the engine and tighten as needed.
P-37370
Figure 70-70-29 Replace all four engine mounts (two front and two rear).
Figure 70-70-31
HEAVY DUTY Engine
ENGINE Mounting
MOUNT Bracket
Washer
Loader Engine
Frame
Mount
P-37384
Figure 70-70-30 Tighten the mounting bolts to 61-69 ft.-lb. (83-94 N•m)
torque.
2
1
7
MC-1771
Figure 70-70-32
13.0
(330)
2.5
(64)
2.5 (64)
4.0
(102) 1-1/2” Square Tubing 1/4” (4)
2.0
(51) Thick Gusset
0.375
0.3125 Dia. (2) (9,5)
4.0
(102)
4.25
(108) 2.0 (51)
9.0
0.5 0.6875 (229)
(12,7) (17,5) 45°
1.0
(25)
1.75
(44,5)
1.375
(35,0) 0.66 (16,8)
4.5
(114)
8,525
(218)
1.125 1.125
(28,6) 1.75 (28,6)
(44,5)
MC-1799B
Figure 70-70-33
MS1522
Flywheel Removal And Installation NOTE: The lead chamfer on ring gear tooth must face
the starter.
Figure 70-80-1
The ring gear (Item 1) [Figure 70-80-2] on the flywheel is
an interference fit. Heat the ring gear enough to expand it
and hit it with a hammer to remove it evenly.
Fit the ring gear over the flywheel. Make sure the gear is
on the seat correctly.
Figure 70-80-2
1
P-37366
1
Remove the drive belt. (See DRIVE BELT on Page 30-
50-1.)
Figure 70-80-4
P-37367
Figure 70-90-1
P-37187
Figure 70-90-4
P-37184
Figure 70-90-2
P-37188
Figure 70-90-5
P-37189
Figure 70-90-7
P-37114
Figure 70-90-9
P-37117
Figure 70-90-12
P-37196
After making sure that the speed control lever is set at P-37197
the stop position (Non-injection), run the engine at 200 to
300 RPM with the starter.
Remove the cylinder head (remove the cylinder head
Read the maximum pressure. Measure the pressure gasket completely).
more than twice.
Bring the piston to its top dead center fasten 1.5 mm dia.
If the measurement is below the allowable limit, apply a 5 to 7 mm long fuse wires to 3 to 4 spots (Item 1) [Figure
small amount of oil to the cylinder wall through the nozzle 70-90-12] on the piston top with grease so as to avoid the
hole and measure the compression pressure again. intake and exhaust valves.
If the compression pressure increase after applying oil. Bring the piston to its middle position, install the cylinder
check the cylinder wall and piston rings. head, and tighten the cylinder head screws to
specification. (Head gasket must be changed to new
If the compression pressure is still less than the allowable one).
limit, check the top clearance, valve and cylinder head.
Turn the crankshaft until the piston exceeds its top dead
NOTE: Check the compression pressure with the center.
specified valve clearance.
1 2
Remove the cylinder head, and measure squeezed fuse
wires for thickness.
Figure 70-90-15
1
1
1
P-37520
Figure 70-90-16
P-37581
1 P-37583
Figure 70-90-20
P-37228
Loosen the pipe band, and remove the water return pipe
(Item 1) [Figure 70-90-22].
P-37201
Disconnect the fuel pipe (Item 3) first and then the fuel
filter (Item 2) [Figure 70-90-22].
Remove the rocker arm assembly (Item 1) [Figure 70-
90-20]. Valve Clearance
Remove the push rods (Item 2) [Figure 70-90-20]. NOTE: Valve clearance must be checked and
adjusted when engine is cold.
Remove the bridge arm (Item 4) [Figure 70-90-20].
Remove the high pressure pipes and the head cover.
Figure 70-90-21
Put the engine in Top Dead Center. (See Engine Timing
(TDC) on Page 70-90-12.)
P-37158
Figure 70-90-24
P-37266
P-37195
Figure 70-90-27
P-37202
Figure 70-90-28
P-37204
Wash the valve stem and valve guide hole, and apply
engine oil sufficiently.
Figure 70-90-31
2
2
P-37577
Any time the timing mark (Item 1) on the fuel cam gear is
P-37516 meshed with the idler gear (Item 2) [Figure 70-90-33] the
engine is on top dead center of the compression stroke
on number four cylinder.
Remove the two bolts (Item 1) [Figure 70-90-31] from
the throttle linkage mount and the injection pump gear Figure 70-90-34
cover.
Figure 70-90-32
P-37599
Install a.375 in. (9,525 mm) bolt through the hole in the
flywheel casting (Item 1) [Figure 70-90-34].
2 P-37576
Figure 70-90-35
P-37513
Remove the flywheel cover from the engine flywheel Figure 70-90-38
housing.
Figure 70-90-36
1
P-37555
P-37517
Place the piston of the 4th cylinder at the top dead center
in the compression stroke. Fix the flywheel with the
flywheel stopper bolt.
Look for a timing mark on the idler gear (Item 1), if one is
not present, mark the engaged tooth (Item 2) [Figure 70-
90-36] with a white marking pin to aid in reassembly.
Figure 70-90-39 1
1
1
2
P-37534
Install two bolts (M10 X P1.25 X L80 mm) into the two
P-37532 threaded holes (Item 1) [Figure 70-90-41] in the injection
pump cam gear.
Tighten the upper fuel cam shaft lock bolt (Item 1) Figure 70-90-42
[Figure 70-90-39] until it comes into contact with the fuel
cam shaft. Make sure the cam shaft does not move.
Figure 70-90-40
P-37535
Remove the key from the key way on the injection pump
shaft.
P-37533
1 1
P-37539
Disconnect the lubricating oil pipe (Item 1) [Figure 70- Figure 70-90-46
90-43].
Figure 70-90-44 1
P-37541
P-37540 Remove the two injection pump unit support bolts (Item
1) [Figure 70-90-46].
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 70-90- Remove the injection pump unit from the engine.
44] and move the fuel filter, to allow clearance for the
injection pump assembly to be removed.
Figure 70-90-47
P-37533
2 3
Hand tighten the injection pump gear mounting nut (Item
P-37616 1) [Figure 70-90-49]
Figure 70-90-50
Place the injection pump gear (Item 1) back into the gear
case. Align the marks of the injection pump gear (Item 2)
and the idle gear (Item 3) [Figure 70-90-47].
Figure 70-90-48
2
1
P-37541
Figure 70-90-51
P-37532
Figure 70-90-54
Install the three mounting flange nuts (Item 1) [Figure
70-90-51] and finger tighten. (Two on the front side and
one on the back side of the injection pump.)
Figure 70-90-52
P-37513
Figure 70-90-55 1
1 P-37516
Move the injection pump unit clockwise (viewed from Figure 70-90-58
gearcase side), align the injection timing marks (Item 1)
[Figure 70-90-55] on the injection pump unit and on the
engine gearcase.
Figure 70-90-56
P-37519
2
Figure 70-90-59
3 P-37522
P-37520
Figure 70-90-60
P-37523
P-37521
Figure 70-90-63
P-37526
Figure 70-90-66
Disconnect the starter spring hook (Item 1) [Figure 70-
90-63]. (Be careful to not deform the starter spring.)
1 1 2
Figure 70-90-64
1
2
P-37528
Figure 70-90-67
P-37538
P-37527
Align the timing mark on the injection pump (Item 1)
[Figure 70-90-69] with the timing mark on the gearcase
With the injection pump mounting bolts and nuts loose, housing.
be sure the control rod (Item 1) [Figure 70-90-67] clears
the pin on the injection pump. Figure 70-90-70
Figure 70-90-68
P-37520
P-37529
Disconnect the four injection lines (Item 1) [Figure 70-
90-70] from the injection pump.
Align the pin on the injection pump (Item 1) [Figure 70-
90-68] with the notch in the housing.
Figure 70-90-71 1
P-37543
Disconnect the four injection lines (Item 1) [Figure 70- Figure 70-90-74
90-71] from the injector.
Figure 70-90-72 1
1
2
P-37515
Figure 70-90-75
P-37544
Figure 70-90-76
P-37542
Slowly rotate the engine counterclockwise (viewed from The injection timing is 12 to 14 degrees before T.D.C.
flywheel end) and stop turning when the fuel begins to (0.21 to 0.25 rad.).
rise in the plastic tube (Item 1) [Figure 70-90-76].
Figure 70-90-79
P-37206
P-37231
Figure 70-90-81
Figure 70-90-82
P-37123
P-37232
Remove three set screws of the idle gear and remove the
idle gear 1, 2 [Figure 70-90-84].
Figure 70-90-83
Remove two set screws of the camshaft stopper and
draw out the camshaft.
Assembly:
P-37219
Figure 70-90-85
P-37125
P-37221
Unscrew the oil pan mounting screws and remove the oil
pan (Item 1) [Figure 70-90-87].
Figure 70-90-86
P-37124
Assembly:
Figure 70-90-90
P-37126
Figure 70-90-89
P-37128
P-37127
Figure 70-90-91
P-37208
When using the existing crank pin metal again, put tally
marks on the crank pin metal and the connecting rod in
order to keep their positioning.
P-37233
Fit the crank pin metal in place.
Second Ring
Gap Oil Ring Gap
P-37209
Turn the flywheel and set a piston to the top dead center.
When inserting the piston into the cylinder, face the mark
(Item 3) [Figure 70-90-93] on the connecting rod to the
injection pump.
P-37160
Figure 70-90-98
P-37161
When installing the oil ring onto the piston, place the
expander joint (Item 10) on the opposite side of the oil
ring gap (Item 11) [Figure 70-90-97].
Figure 70-90-99
P-37131
Figure 70-90-101
P-37134
Figure 70-90-102
P-37133
Figure 70-90-104
P-37137
P-37135
Reassemble the thrust bearing (Item 2) [Figure 70-90-
106], with the oil groove facing outside, into both side of
Match the crankcase 1 (Item 1) and crankcase 2 (Item 2), the fourth main bearing case.
referring to the flywheel’s contoured face. Possible gap
must be 0.05 mm or smaller (Item 3) [Figure 70-90-104]. Apply oil to the bearing case screws and tighten them to
the specified torque.
Tighten up the flywheel housing (Item 4) [Figure 70-90-
104] first to the specified torque. This helps to minimize Tightening Main bearing 137.3 to 147.1 N•m
the level difference between the crankcase 1 and the torque case screw 14.0 to 15.0 kgf·m
101.3 to 108.5 ft.-lb.
crankcase 2 (at the flywheel side).
Figure 70-90-107
P-37136
P-37212
Remove the main bearing case.
Remove the crankshaft.
Reassemble the main bearing case having the same
number as the one engraved on the crankcase, and set
the casting mark “F/W SIDE” (Item 1) [Figure 70-90-105]
Figure 70-90-108 Wash away the red permeative liquid on the cylinder
head surface with the detergent (Item 1) [Figure 70-90-
109].
Valve Recessing
Figure 70-90-110
P-37162
Cylinder Head Flaw Insert the valve into the valve guide.
Measure the valve recessing with a depth gauge [Figure
Figure 70-90-109 70-90-110].
Valve Lapping Measure the valve stem O.D. with an outside micrometer
[Figure 70-90-112].
Figure 70-90-111
Figure 70-90-113
P-37214
P-37139
P-37138
P-37256
Figure 70-90-117
P-37167
Figure 70-90-115
Slightly correct the seat surface with a 1.047 rad. (60°)
(intake valve) or 0.785 rad. (45°) (exhaust valve) seat
cutter (Code No. 07909-33102) [Figure 70-90-116].
P-37168 Check the valve seating with prussian blue. The valve
seating surface should show good contact all the way
around.
NOTE: Before correcting the valve and seat, check
the valve stem and the I.D. of valve guide
section, and repair them if necessary.
After correcting the valve seat, be sure to
check the valve recessing [Figure 70-90-115].
Figure 70-90-118
P-37255
P-37254
Place the valve spring on a tester and compress it to the
same length it is actually compressed in the engine
Measure the free length (A) with vernier calipers [Figure [Figure 70-90-119].
70-90-118]. If the measurement is less than the
allowable limit, replace it. Read the compression load on the gauge.
Put the spring on a surface plate, place a square on the If the measurement is less than the allowable limit,
side of the spring, and check to see if the entire side is replace it.
contact with the square. Rotate the spring and measure
the maximum (B) [Figure 70-90-118]. If the Setting Factory Intake 63.547 N / 31.5 mm
measurement exceeds the allowable limit, replace. load/setting spec. valve 6.48 kgf / 31.5 mm
length 14.256 lb. / 1,2401 in.
Check the entire surface of the spring for scratches. Exhaust 63.547 N / 31.5 mm
Replace it, if any. valve 6.48 kgf / 31.5 mm
14.256 lb. / 1,2401 in.
Free length (A) Factory Intake 35.1 to 35.6 mm Allowable Intake 45.864 N / 31.5 mm
spec. valve 1.3819 to 1.4016 in. limit valve 4.68 kgf / 31.5 mm
Exhaust 35.1 to 35.6 mm 10.296 lb. / 1,2401 in.
valve 1.3819 to 1.4016 in. Exhaust 45.864 N / 31.5 mm
Allowable Intake 34.6 mm valve 4.68 kgf / 31.5 mm
limit valve 1.3622 in. 10.296 lb. / 1,2401 in.
Exhaust 34.6 mm
valve 1.3622 in.
Tilt (B) Allowable 1.0 mm
limit 0.039 in.
Figure 70-90-120
P-37174
P-37173
Measure the tappet O.D. with an outside micrometer
[Figure 70-90-121].
Measure the rocker arm bearing I.D. with an inside
micrometer [Figure 70-90-120]. Measure the I.D. of the tappet guide bore with a cylinder
gauge, and calculate the oil clearance [Figure 70-90-
Measure the rocker arm shaft O.D. with an outside 121].
micrometer, and then calculate the oil clearance [Figure
70-90-120]. If the oil clearance exceeds the allowable limit or the
tappet is damaged, replace the tappet.
If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the
Oil clearance Factory 0.020 to 0.062 mm
rocker arm and measure the oil clearance again. If it still
between tappet spec. 0.0008 to 0.0024 in.
exceeds the allowable limit, replace also the rocker arm and guide
shaft. Allowable 0.07 mm
limit 0.0028 in.
Oil clearance or Factory 0.016 to 0.045 mm
rocker arm shaft spec. 0.0006 to 0.0018 in.
and bearing
Allowable 0.15 mm Tappet O.D. Factory 23.959 to 23.980 mm
limit 0.0059 in. spec. 0.9433 to 0.9411 in.
Tappet guide Factory 24.000 to 24.021 mm
I.D. spec. 0.9449 to 0.9457 in.
Rocker arm Factory 15.973 to 15.984 mm
shaft O.D. spec. 0.6289 to 0.6293 in.
Rocker arm I.D. Factory 16.000 to 16.018 mm
for shaft spec. 0.6299 to 0.6306 in.
Figure 70-90-122
P-37235
P-37234
Set a dial indicator with its tip on the idle gear [Figure 70-
90-123].
Set a dial indicator (lever type) with its tip on the gear
tooth [Figure 70-90-122]. Measure the side clearance by moving the idle gear to
the front and rear.
Move the gear to measure the backlash, holding its
mating gear. If the measurement exceeds the allowable limit, replace
the idle gear collar.
If the backlash exceeds the allowable limit, check the oil
Side clearance Factory 0.15 to 1.30 mm
clearance of the shafts and the gear.
spec. 0.0059 to 0.0118 in.
Figure 70-90-124 Rotate the camshaft on the V blocks and get the
misalignment (half of the measurement).
Cam Height
Figure 70-90-126
P-37236
P-37175
Figure 70-90-129
P-37237
Figure 70-90-128
P-37238
P-37140
Oil Clearance Between Idler Gear Shaft And Idler Figure 70-90-132
Gearing Bushing (Cont’d)
Figure 70-90-130
P-37177
P-37239 Using an idle gear bushing replacing tool, press out the
used bushing. (See Engine Tools Identification Chart on
Page 70-90-1.)
Figure 70-90-131
Clean a new idle gear bushing and idle gear bore, and
apply engine oil to them.
P-37141
P-37178
P-37253
Figure 70-90-135
P-37215
P-37179
Remove carbon from the ring grooves.
Figure 70-90-136 Measure the clearance between the ring and the groove
with a feeler gauge [Figure 70-90-137].
P-37142
Compression 0.20 mm
ring 2 0.0079 in.
Oil ring 0.15 mm
Press out the used bushing using a small end bushing 0.0059 in.
replacing tool [Figure 70-90-135].
Figure 70-90-138
P-37181
P-37180
NOTE: Since the I.D. of the connecting rod small end
bushing is the basis of this check, check the
Insert the piston ring into the lower part of the liner (the bushing for wear beforehand.
least worn out part) with the piston.
Remove the piston pin in the connecting rod.
Measure the ring gap with a feeler gauge [Figure 70-90-
138]. Install the piston pin in the connecting rod.
If the gap exceeds the allowable limit, replace the piston Install the connecting rod on the connecting rod
ring. alignment tool (Code No. 07909-31661). (See Engine
Compression Factory spec. 0.30 to 0.45 mm Tools Identification Chart on Page 70-90-1.)
ring 1, 2 0.0118 to 0.0177 in.
Allowable limit 1.25 mm
Put a gauge over the piston pin, and move it against the
0.0492 in. face plate [Figure 70-90-139].
If the gauge does not fit squarely against the face plate,
Oil Ring Factory spec. 0.25 to 0.45 mm
measure the space between the pin of the gauge and the
0.0098 to 0.0177 in. face plate.
Allowable limit 1.25 mm
0.0492 in. If the measurement exceeds the allowable limit, replace
the connecting rod.
P-37144
P-37145
P-37182
Rotate the crankshaft on the V block and get the Install the connecting rod cap and tighten the connecting
misalignment (half of the measurement). rod screws to the specified torque, and remove the cap
again.
If the misalignment exceeds the allowable limit, replace
the crankshaft. Measure the amount of the flattening with the scale, and
Crankshaft allowable limit 0.02 mm get the oil clearance.
alignment 0.00079 in.
If the oil clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace
the crank pin bearing.
Figure 70-90-144
P-37146
Figure 70-90-146
P-37269
Put a strip of press gauge (Code No.: 07909-30241) on Dimension B 1.0 to 1.5 mm radius 1.0 to 1.5 mm radius
0.0394 to 0.0591 in. 0.0394 to 0.0591 in.
the center of the journal [Figure 70-90-146].
radius radius
NOTE: Never insert the press gauge into the oil hole Dimension C 74.777 to 74.790 mm 74.577 to 74.590 mm
2.9440 to 2.9445 in. 2.9361 to 2.9366 in.
of the journal.
The crank pin must be fine-finished to higher than (0.8-S).
Install the main bearing case and tighten the screws to
the specified torque, and remove the cases again.
Figure 70-90-148
P-37169
P-37148
Figure 70-90-150
Press fit the sleeve using the auxiliary socket for pushing
(Item 3) [Figure 70-90-148].
P-37163
NOTE: Mount the sleeve with its largely chamfered
surface facing outward.
Measure the six points with a cylinder gauge to find out
the maximum wear [Figure 70-90-149]. Generally,
position (1) in the (a, b) direction (at about 20 mm (0.79
in.) from the top) shows the maximum wear [Figure 70-
90-150]. Since position (3) at the lower part of the bore
will show the minimum wear, find these difference.
Cylinder bore Factory spec. 98.000 to 98.022 mm
I.D. 3.8582 to 3.8591 in.
Allowable limit 98.15 mm
3.8642 in.
Figure 70-90-151
P-37150
P-37164
Remove the oil switch and set a pressure tester (Code
No. 07916-32031) [Figure 70-90-152].
When the cylinder is worn beyond the allowable limit,
bore and hone it to the specified dimension [Figure 70- Start the engine. After warming up, measure the oil
90-151]. pressure of both idling and rated speeds.
Cylinder I.D. (2) Oversize 98.500 to 98.522 mm
(+ 0.5 mm) Spec. 3.8780 to 3.8788 in. If the oil pressure is less than the allowable limit, check
Maximum wear Allowable limit 98.65 mm the following:
3.8839 in.
Finishing Hone to 1.2 to 2.0 μR max. Engine oil insufficient
(0.000047 to 0.0079 in.R max. Oil pump defective
Oil strainer clogged
Oil filter cartridge
Oil gallery clogged
Replace the piston and piston rings with oversize (0.5 Excessive oil clearance of bearing
mm) ones. Foreign matter in the relief valve
Part Name Part Code Marking
Piston 1C050-21910 05 OS
After checking the engine oil pressure, tighten the engine
oil pressure switch to the specified torque.
Piston Ring Assembly 1C020-21090 05 OS
At idle speed Factory spec. 98 kPa
1.0 kgf/cm²
14 PSI
NOTE: When the oversize cylinder is worn beyond Allowable limit 49 kPa
the allowable limit, replace the cylinder block 0.5 kgf/cm²
with a new one. 7 PSI
Figure 70-90-155
P-37220
Figure 70-90-154 Hold the string to suspend the thermostat in the water.
When the water temperature rises, the thermostat valve
will open, allowing it to fall down from the string.
P-37218
Thermostat Assembly
Figure 70-90-158
P-37171
Figure 70-90-157
P-37152
Figure 70-90-160
1
2
2
1
P-37559
Figure 70-90-163
2
1
1
P-37558
P-37560
Measure the resistance between + terminal (Item 1) and
intake air heater body (Item 2) [Figure 70-90-161].
NOTE: When installing the intake air heater in the
If the resistance is open, the intake air heater is faulty. housing, install the intake air heater so the
heater lines (Item 1) [Figure 70-90-163] are
Intake air heater Factory spec. Approx. 0.3 Ohms.
resistance (At cold occasion) vertical, to prevent a short-circuit in the
system.
Figure 70-90-164
P-37153
P-37242
Turn the compressor wheel gently with a finger and
check for contact [Figure 70-90-166].
Check the exhaust port (Item 3) and inlet port (Item 2)
side of turbine housing (Item 1) [Figure 70-90-164] to If the wheel does not turn smoothly and/or found the
see if there is no exhaust gas leak. damage, and abnormal sound, check the axial and radial
clearance.
If any gas leak is found, retighten the bolts and nuts or
replace the gasket (Items 4, 5 & 6) [Figure 70-90-
164]with new one. If the compressor/turbine wheel and housing is found to
be damaged, replace the turbocharger assembly with
Compressor Side new one.
Figure 70-90-165
P-37243
Figure 70-90-169
P-37154
P-37155
Figure 70-90-170
P-37246
P-37244
Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 70-90-171].
Remove the joint bolt (Item 1) and take off the pipe 1 Take off the turbocharger assembly (Item 3) [Figure 70-
(Item 2) [Figure 70-90-170]. 90-171].
Remove the bolts (Item 3) and release the clamp (Item 4) Replace the gasket with new one.
[Figure 70-90-170].
CONDENSER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-120-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-120-1 HVAC
EVAPORATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-190-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-190-1
RECEIVER/DRIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-130-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-130-1
SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-30-1
Safety Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-30-1
TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-80-1
Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-80-1
THERMOSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-170-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-170-1
Principles
In an air conditioning system the refrigerant is circulated under pressure through five major components in a closed circuit.
At these five points in the system the refrigerant goes through pressure and temperature changes.
The compressor (Item 1) (See Chart on Page 80-10-3.) takes in heated, low pressure refrigerant gas through the suction
valve (low pressure side) and as the name indicates, pressurizes the heated refrigerant and forces it through the discharge
valve (high pressure side) on the condenser (Item 2) (See Chart on Page 80-10-3.)
Ambient air passing through the condenser removes the heat from refrigerant resulting in physical state change in the
refrigerant from a gas to a liquid.
The liquid refrigerant moves on to the receiver/drier (Item 3) (See Chart on Page 80-10-3.) where impurities such as
moisture and dirt are filtered out. The receiver/drier also serves as the storage tank for the liquid refrigerant. The liquid
refrigerant (still under high pressure) flows to the expansion valve (Item 4) (See Chart on Page 80-10-3.)
The expansion valve meters the amount of refrigerant into the evaporator coil (Item 5) (See Chart on Page 80-10-3.) As
the refrigerant passes through the expansion valve, it again changes its physical state. It becomes a low temperature, low-
pressure liquid and saturated vapor. The low pressure liquid immediately starts to boil and vaporize as it enters the
evaporator. The hot humid air of the machine's cab is drawn through or blown into the evaporator by the evaporator fan
(Item 6) (See Chart on Page 80-10-3.) Since the refrigerant is colder than the air, it absorbs the heat from the air and
produces cooled air, which is pushed into the cab by the fan. The moisture in the air condenses on the evaporator coil and
drips into the drain pan, which directs the water out of the cab.
The refrigerant cycle is completed when the heated low pressure gas is again drawn into the compressor.
Chart
Thermostat
Cold Air
Evaporator
5
Evaporator
4
Expansion Vlave
Blower 6
1 Compressor
2
Condenser
Pressure
Switch
Sight
Glass
Fan
Dessicant
3 Receiver Drier
Status of R134a
Identification
Figure 80-20-1 2
1
N-22134
Figure 80-20-2
1 N-22206
Identification (Cont'd)
Figure 80-20-5
1 2 1
N-22087
Heater/Evaporator Unit: The heater/evaporator unit (Item Thermostat: The thermostat (Item 2) [Figure 80-20-7]
1) [Figure 80-20-5] is located behind the loader cab. The controls the temperature of the evaporator coil.
unit delivers the cold air for the A/C and warm air for heat
into the cab. The unit contains the blower, heat & A/C Heater Coil: The heater coil (Item 3) [Figure 80-20-7]
coils , thermostat and expansion valve. supplies the warm air into the cab by passing air through
the coil.
Figure 80-20-6
Figure 80-20-8
N-22150
N-22100
Identification (Cont'd)
Figure 80-20-9
1
4 P-39457
2
3
Heater Valve: The heater valve (Item 1) [Figure 80-20-
N-22261 10] is used to control the amount of engine coolant that
flows to the heater coil.
Control Panel: The panel (Item 1) [Figure 80-20-9] has Figure 80-20-11
three separate components.
Safety Equipment
Figure 80-30-1
P16399
Figure 80-40-1
1
1
1
P-28820
1 Figure 80-40-4
P-28819
Figure 80-40-5
P-37883
P-37675
It is a good rule to regularly inspect (weekly) the
compressor drive belt for tension and wear.
Remove the recirculating air filter (Item 1) [Figure 80-40-
5] from the rear of the cab. Open the rear door (Item 1) [Figure 80-40-7].
P-37677 P-39458
The recirculating air filter [Figure 80-40-6] may be At the lower right side of the engine, check the tension on
cleaned using low air pressure. the compressor belt (Item 1) [Figure 80-40-8].
2
P-39462
Remove the grill on the loader. (See Removal And Figure 80-40-12
Installation on Page 50-60-1.)
Figure 80-40-10
2
P-39462
1
With water, or air, the radiator (Item 1) the oil cooler (Item
2) and the condenser (Item 3) [Figure 80-40-12] can be
cleaned.
P-39460
N-22273
Figure 80-50-2
N-22411
Cleaning The A/C Evaporator Coil & Heater Coil It is good rule to regularly inspect (weekly) the
compressor drive belt for tension and wear.
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support Figure 80-50-5
Device on Page 10-20-1.)
Figure 80-50-3
1
1 1
P-43640
1
1
Remove the right side access cover (Item 1) [Figure 80-
50-5].
Figure 80-50-4
P-39464
With air or water clean the heater coil (Item 1) and the
evaporator coil (Item 2) [Figure 80-50-4].
Compressor Drive Belt Inspection (Cont’d) Check to see if the compressor clutch is engaging.
Figure 80-50-6 With an operator in the loader seat and the cab door
open, turn the loader key switch to RUN (Standard Panel)
OR press the RUN/ENTER Button (Deluxe Panel),
without starting the loader.
1 Figure 80-50-8
P-39456
2 1
Figure 80-50-7
N-22284
Figure 80-50-9
P-39458
1
N-22287
Figure 80-50-10
N-22255
P-39465 N-22255
Disconnect the loader harness (Item 1) [Figure 80-50- With a multimeter, check the voltage to the compressor
11] from the compressor clutch wire. clutch at the loader harness (Item 1) [Figure 80-50-13].
Figure 80-50-14
2
1
N-22257
1 Figure 80-50-17
N-22257
Figure 80-50-18
P-39467
Figure 80-50-21
Check the loader harness (Item 1) [Figure 80-50-18] for
voltage. The voltage should be 12 volts.
Figure 80-50-19
1
P-39468
1
Check the loader harness (Item 1) [Figure 80-50-21] for
voltage. The voltage should be 12 volts.
Figure 80-50-22
N-22262
1
Figure 80-50-25
If there is voltage at the wiring harness, check the
resistance to the blower at the blower wiring connector
(Item 1) [Figure 80-50-22].
Figure 80-50-23
N-22265
1
Disconnect the loader wiring harness (Item 1) [Figure
80-50-25] from the blower switch.
Figure 80-50-26
C 1
H
B
M
L
N-22264
Figure 80-50-28
1
2
N-22262
Figure 80-50-30
If there is voltage at the wiring harness, check the A/C
switch [Figure 80-50-28] for resistance.
Figure 80-50-31
A C
1
N-22175
B
N-22290
Checking The Electrical System (Cont'd) Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support
Figure 80-50-35 Device on Page 10-20-1.)
Figure 80-50-37
1 3
2
1
N-22175
N-22284
To check the resistance of the white wire, turn the
potentiometer control (Item 1) [Figure 80-50-35] to the
full Heater position. Push the A/C switch (Item 1) to the OFF position, turn the
blower switch (Item 2) to position 1, then turn the
Figure 80-50-36 temperature control (Item 3) [Figure 80-50-37] to the
High A/C position, with the loader ignition switch OFF.
Figure 80-50-38
B
1
N-22290
P-39470
Turn the remote start key to the OFF position and remove
Push the A/C switch (Item 1) to the OFF position, turn the
the remote start tool from fender.
blower switch (Item 2) to position 1 and turn the
temperature control (Item 3) [Figure 80-50-39] to the
Lower operator cab.
High A/C position, with the loader ignition switch OFF.
Turn the temperature control (Item 3) [Figure 80-50-39]
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab
to the High Heater position, with the loader ignition switch
on Page 10-30-1.)
OFF.
Connect the remote start tool to the loader. (See
Raise the operator cab.
REMOTE START on Page 10-60-1.)
Place the remote start tool on the left fender of the
loader, so the heater valve can be clearly seen. Watch
the valve shaft (Item 1) [Figure 80-50-40], as the key of
the remote start is turned to the ON position without
starting the loader. The heater valve should rotate.
N-22243
Figure 80-60-2
1
1
N-22246
Figure 80-60-5
N-22245
Figure 80-60-6
N-22134
Normal compressor suction (low side) and discharge (high side) pressure at ambient temperatures of 86-96 degrees F
(30-38 degrees C) and compressor speed of approximately 2000 RPM are:
High pressure side pressure: 210-265 PSI
Low pressure side pressure: 15-33 PSI
As a rule of thumb the high side pressure will be around eight times greater then the low side pressure.
Troubleshooting Tree
B-21491
B-21491A
B-21492
B-21493
Chart
Chart (Cont’d)
Evaporator
Pressures represent gas temperatures inside the coil. not the coil surface. For an estimate of the temperature of the air
coming off the coil add 8-10 degrees F. to the temperature on the chart.
Condenser
Temperatures are not ambient temperatures but condensing temperatures. Add 40 degrees F. to the ambient temperature
to get the condensing temperature and then refer to the pressure chart to see appropriate pressure for ambient
temperature.
Example: Ambient Temperature=90 degrees F.
90 degrees F.
+40 degrees F.
130 degrees F. condenser temperature=200 psig
Conditions and pressures will vary from system to system. Check with MCC for system specifications.
Chart
Reclamation Procedure
WARNING
Figure 80-100-1
In the event of a leakage, wear safety goggles.
Escaping refrigerant can cause severe injuries to
1
eyes. In contact with a flame, R134a refrigerant gives
a toxic gas.
W-2371-0500
Figure 80-100-3
N-23024
Figure 80-100-4
N-22292
Figure 80-100-7
N-22291
Figure 80-100-5
2
1
N-22381
Figure 80-100-8 1
P-39475
N-22382
Figure 80-100-9
P-39476
N-22382
Figure 80-100-13
2
P-39477
N-22385
P-39478
Figure 80-100-16
2 1
N-22284
Start loader engine, with the remote start switch, and run
at medium speed.
Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support
Device on Page 10-20-1.)
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab
on Page 10-30-1.) 1
Figure 80-110-1
1 P-39456
Cap and plug the compressor hoses and the fittings with
P-43640
with the proper A/C caps and plugs.
At the right side of the loader, remove the access cover Figure 80-110-4
(Item 1) [Figure 80-110-1].
Figure 80-110-2
1 1
P-39542
Figure 80-110-5
1.32”
1.32”
1.32”
2
1 1
N-22275
Remove the center armature bolt (Item 1) [Figure 80- Attach the puller to the armature plate using three 8 mm
110-5]. bolts (Item 2) [Figure 80-110-7].
Installation: Tighten the armature bolt to 8-10 ft.-lb. (12- Figure 80-110-8
14 N•m) torque.
Figure 80-110-6
1
2
N-22278
N-22277 Turn the bolts into the three 8 mm holes (Item 2) [Figure
80-110-6] on the armature plate as shown in [Figure 80-
110-8].
To remove the armature plate (Item 1) [Figure 80-110-6]
from the clutch face, you must make an armature plate
puller.
Figure 80-110-11
N-22279
Remove the armature plate from the compressor clutch. Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 80-110-11] from
the pulley assembly.
Figure 80-110-10
N-22280
Figure 80-110-12
N-22371
Figure 80-110-15
Install the pulley puller tool MEL 1595 on the compressor
pulley [Figure 80-110-12].
Figure 80-110-13
N-22373
Figure 80-110-16
N-22375
Figure 80-110-17
N-22372
Remove the rear grill from the loader. (See Removal And
Installation on Page 50-60-1.)
Figure 80-120-1
P-39479
Lift the rear of the condenser, and pull toward the rear of
the loader [Figure 80-120-3].
Figure 80-120-4
1
P-39459
1
Figure 80-120-2
P-39460
1
Installation: When installing the condenser, be sure the
condenser tabs (Item 1) [Figure 80-120-4] are positioned
in the slots in the loader frame.
P-39459
Cap and plug the hoses and the condenser fittings with
the proper A/C caps and plugs.
Remove the refrigerant from the A/C system. (See NOTE: When replacing a receiver/drier in an A/C
Reclamation Procedure on Page 80-100-1.) system 1 fl. oz. (30 cc) of PAG oil must be
added to the system when recharging.
Figure 80-130-1
Figure 80-130-3
N-22134
N-22135
1
2
N-22134
Figure 80-140-1
N-22205
Figure 80-140-2
N-22206
This will cause the A/C system to shut down, saving the
compressor.
Figure 80-150-1
1
1
N-22166
N-22256
The schraeder valve (Item 1) [Figure 80-150-3] is
located in the A/C high pressure hose and is located
Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm under the pressure switch.
support device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support
Device on Page 10-20-1.) Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab Device on Page 10-20-1.)
on Page 10-30-1.)
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab
Disconnect the loader wire harness (Item 1) [Figure 80- on Page 10-30-1.)
150-1] from the pressure switch wire harness.
Remove the refrigerant from the A/C system. (See
NOTE: The pressure switch can be changed without Reclamation Procedure on Page 80-100-1.)
evacuating the A/C system.
Remove the pressure switch.
Figure 80-150-2
With a tire valve core removal tool, remove the valve core
from the hose.
N-22134
Figure 80-160-1
N-22120
Figure 80-160-4
2
1
1
P-39467
Figure 80-160-2
Remove the Evaporator/Heater Unit from the rear of the
cab and place it on the fenders of the loader supported
by 2 X 4's [Figure 80-160-4].
Cap and plug the hoses and the expansion valve fittings
with the proper A/C caps and plugs.
N-22119
Figure 80-160-5
N-22128
Figure 80-160-6
1 1
P-39550
Figure 80-170-1
N-22072
Figure 80-170-4
A
B
P-39480
C
Figure 80-170-2
N-22072
P-39481
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm Remove the expansion valve from the loader.
support device. (See Engaging The Lift Arm Support
Device on Page 10-20-1.) Figure 80-180-3
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab
on Page 10-30-1.)
N-22074A
Figure 80-180-4
Remove the two A/C hoses (Item 1) [Figure 80-180-1]
from the expansion valve.
Cap and plug the hoses and the expansion valve fittings
with the proper A/C caps and plugs.
Figure 80-180-2 1
1
N-22074A
1
N-22073A
Figure 80-180-5
N-22085
Figure 80-190-1
Remove the two mount bolts (Item 1) from the mount
plate (Item 2) [Figure 80-190-3].
Figure 80-190-4
1
N-22073
N-22074
Figure 80-190-5
N-22078
Figure 80-200-1
N-22087
1
Remove the two retaining clips (Item 1) [Figure 80-200-
3] that connect the evaporator coil, to the heater coil.
N-22128
Figure 80-200-4
Cap the hoses and the heater coil with hydraulic caps
and plugs to prevent oil loss from the system.
2
Installation: Tighten the two heater hose fittings to 22 ft.-
2
lb. (29,8 N•m) torque.
Figure 80-200-2
N-22089
1
N-22086
Figure 80-200-7
1 1
N-22090
Figure 80-200-6
Remove the three mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 80-200-7]
and remove the mount plate from the end of the unit.
Figure 80-200-8
1
1
N-22128
Remove the heater unit from the back of the cab. (See
Remove the two mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 80-200-8]
Removal And Installation on Page 80-160-1.)
from the heater coil.
P-39550
1
P-39552
Figure 80-210-5
1 1
2 N-22102
P-39555
Remove the eight mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 80-210-7]
from the blower wheel cover.
Remove the blower fan wiring harness and grommet
(Item 1) [Figure 80-210-5] from the unit. Remove the blower wheel cover from the housings.
Figure 80-210-6 Remove the four mount bolts (Item 2) [Figure 80-210-7]
from the blower motor mount.
1
Remove the blower motor mount.
Figure 80-210-8
P-39556
Figure 80-210-9
N-22110
2 Figure 80-210-12
N-22108
Figure 80-210-10
N-22112
N-22109
Inspect the end rings and blower wheel covers for wear
and replace as needed [Figure 80-210-10].
Figure 80-210-13
N-22103
N-22111
Figure 80-210-16
Figure 80-210-14
1
1
N-22104
Figure 80-210-17
1 1
1
N-22105
Figure 80-210-18
N-22106
The wiring code for the blower fan connector [Figure 80-
210-18] is:
Number on Connector Wire Color
1 Orange
2 Red
3 Yellow
4 Black
5 Open
6 Open
Figure 80-220-1
N-22133
Figure 80-220-4
N-22131
Figure 80-220-2
N-22139
1
NOTE: Early model loaders were equipped with a
heater valve that had a wiring harness, and
connector (Item 1) [Figure 80-220-3]. Later
model leaders are equipped with heater
2 valves that allowed the loader wiring harness
(Item 1) [Figure 80-220-4] to be connected
N-22132 directly to the rear of the valve.
Figure 80-220-5
1
1
N-22157
Figure 80-220-8
Remove the three mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 80-220-5]
from the heater valve actuator.
Figure 80-220-6
2 1
N-22158
Figure 80-220-9
N-22159
Figure 80-220-10
N-22160
CONVERSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-60-1
Decimal And Millimeter Equivalents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-60-1
Machine Dimensions
• Dimensions are given for loader equipped with standard tires and dirt bucket and may vary with other bucket types.
All dimensions are shown in inches. Respective metric dimensions are given in millimeters enclosed by parentheses.
• Where applicable, specification conform to SAE or ISO standards and are subject to change without notice.
B-22281
B-22282
Changes of structure or weight distribution of the loader can cause changes in control and steering response and can cause failure of the
loader parts.
Performance
Rated Operating Capacity (SAE) 2200 lb. (998 kg)
Rated Operating Capacity (SAE) With 2300 lb. (1043 kg)
Counterweight
Tipping Load (SAE Rating) 4400 lb. (1996 kg)
Operating Weight 6902 lb. (3130 kg)
SAE Breakout Force - Lift 5500 lbf. (24465 N)
SAE Breakout Force - Tilt 6550 lbf. (29136 N)
Axle Torque 5957 ft.-lb. (26498 N)
Travel Speed
- Single Speed Loader 6.9 MPH (11,1 km/hr)
- Two-Speed Loader (Opt.) Low/High 6.9 MPH (11,1 km/hr) / 12.0 (19,3 km/hr)
Controls
Engine
Hydraulic System
Electrical
Drive System
Capacities
Tires
All dimensions are given in inches. Respective metric dimensions are given in millimeters enclosed by parentheses.
General
Fuel System
All dimensions are given in inches. Respective metric dimensions are given in millimeters enclosed by parentheses.
Valve Spring
Piston Pin Bore I.D. 1.1811 to 1.1816 in. (30.000 to 30.013 mm)
Allowable Limit 1.1831 in. (30.05 mm)
Clearance Between Compression Ring 1 and Ring 0.0020 to 0.0028 in. (0.05 to 0.07 mm)
Groove
Allowable Limit 0.0059 in. (0.15 mm)
Clearance Between Compression Ring 2 and Ring 0.0037 to 0.0047 in. (0.093 to 0.120 mm)
Groove
Allowable Limit 0.0079 in. (0.20 mm)
Clearance Between Oil Ring And Ring Groove 0.0008 to 0.0023 in. (0.02 to 0.06 mm)
Allowable Limit 0.0059 in. (0.15 mm)
Ring Gap
Compression Ring 1 0.0118 to 0.0177 in. (0.30 to 0.45 mm)
Allowable Limit 0.0492 in. (1.25 mm)
Compression Ring 2 0.0118 to 0.0177 in. (0.30 to 0.45 mm)
Allowable Limit 0.0492 in. (1.25 mm)
Oil Ring 0.0098 to 0.0177 in. (0.25 to 0.45 mm)
Allowable Limit 0.0492 in. (1.25 mm)
Connecting Rod
Connecting Rod Alignment - Allowable Limit 0.0020 in. (0.05 mm)
Clearance Between Piston Pin And Small End Bushing 0.0008 to 0.0016 in. (0.02 to 0.040 mm)
Allowable Limit 0.0059 in. (0.15 mm)
Piston Pin O.D. 1.1813 to 1.1815 in. (30.006 to 30.011 mm)
Small End Busing I.D. 1.1823 to 1.1829 in. (30.031 to 30.046 mm)
All dimensions are given in inches. Respective metric dimensions are given in millimeters enclosed by parentheses.
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Surface Flatness - Allowable Limit 0.0019 in. (0.05 mm)
Top Clearance 0.0283 to 0.0354 in. (0.72 to 0.90 mm)
Compression Pressure 484 to 512 PSI / 250 RPM 3.33 to 3.53 MPa / 250 RPM 34 to
36 kgf/cm² / 250 RPM
Variance Among Cylinder - Allowable Limit 10% or less
Crankshaft
Cylinder Bore
Oil Pump
Engine Oil Pressure - At Idle Speed 14 PSI (98 kPa) 1.0 kgf/cm²
Allowable Limit 7 PSI (49 kPa) 0.5 kgf/cm²
Engine Oil Pressure - At Rated Speed 28 to 56 PSI (196 to 392 kPa) 2.0 to 4.0 kgf/cm²
Allowable Limit 21.3 PSI (147.1 kPa) 1.5 kgf/cm²
Engine Oil Pressure Switch Working Pressure 5.6 to 8.4 PSI (39.2 to 58.8 kPa) 0.4 to 0.6 kgf/cm²
Clearance Between Inner Rotor And Outer Rotor 0.0016 to 0.0063 in. (0.04 to 0.16 mm)
Clearance Between Outer Rotor And Pump Body 0.0039 to 0.0072 in. (0.100 to 0.184 mm)
All dimensions are given in inches. Respective metric dimensions are given in millimeters enclosed by parentheses.
Rocker Arm
Clearance Between Valve Arm Bridge And Valve Arm 0.0007 to 0.0026 in. (0.018 to 0.042 mm)
Bridge Shaft
Allowable Limit 0.0059 in. (0.15 mm)
Valve Arm Bridge I.D. 0.3563 to 0.3569 in. (9.050 to 9.065 mm)
Valve Arm Bridge Shaft O.D. 0.3552 to 0.3566 in. (9.023 to 9.032 mm)
Clearance Between Rocker Arm Shaft And Rocker Arm 0.0006 to 0.0018 in. (0.016 to 0.045 mm)
Allowable Limit 0.0059 in. (0.15 mm)
Rocker Arm Shaft O.D. 0.6289 to 0.6293 in. (15.973 to 15.984 mm)
Rocker Arm I.D. For Shaft 0.6299 to 0.6306 in. (16.000 to 16.018 mm)
Tappet
Clearance Between Tappet And Guide 0.0008 to 0.0024 in. (0.020 to 0.062 mm)
Allowable Limit 0.0028 in. (0.07 mm)
Tappet Guide I.D. 0.9449 to 0.9457 in. (24.000 to 24.021 mm)
Tappet O.D. 0.9433 to 0.9441 in. (23.959 to 23.980 mm)
Camshaft
Camshaft Side Clearance 0.0028 to 0.0087 in. (0.07 to 0.22 mm)
Allowable Limit 0.0118 in. (0.3 mm)
Camshaft Alignment - Allowable Limit 0.00039 in. (0.01 mm)
Camshaft Height (Intake) 1.4815 in. (37.63 mm)
Allowable Limit 1.4618 in. (37.13 mm)
Camshaft Height (Exhaust) 1.5338 in. (38.96 mm)
Allowable Limit 1.5141 in. (38.46 mm)
Oil Clearance Of Camshaft 0.0020 to 0.0035 in. (0.050 to 0.091 mm)
Allowable Limit 0.0059 in. (0.15 mm)
Camshaft Journal O.D. 1.8084 to 1.8091 in. (45.934 to 45.950 mm)
Camshaft Bearing I.D. 1.8110 to 1.8120 in. (46.000 to 46.025 mm)
Thermostat
Thermostat Valve Opening Temperature 166.1 to 173.3°F (74.5 to 78.5°C)
Temperature At Which Thermostat Completely Opens 194°F (90°C)
All dimensions are given in inches. Respective metric dimensions are given in millimeters enclosed by parentheses.
Timing Gear
Timing Gear Backlash
Crank Gear - Idler Gear 1 0.0019 to 0.0076 in. (0.049 to 0.193 mm)
Allowable Limit 0.0087 in. (0.22 mm)
Idler Gear 1 - Cam Gear 0.0019 to 0.0074 in. (0.049 to 0.189 mm)
Allowable Limit 0.0087 in. (0.22 mm)
Idle Gear 1 - Idle Gear 2 0.0017 to 0.0073 in. (0.044 to 0.185 mm)
Allowable Limit 0.0087 in. (0.22 mm)
Idle Gear 2 - Injection Pump Gear 0.0017 to 0.0070 in. (0.044 to 0.177 mm)
Allowable Limit 0.0087 in. (0.22 mm)
Clearance Between Idle Gear Shaft And Idle Gear 0.0020 to 0.0036 in. (0.05 to 0.091 mm)
Bushing
Allowable Limit 0.0039 in. (0.10 mm)
Idle Gear Bushing I.D. 1.7726 to 1.7736 in. (45.025 to 45.050 mm)
Idle Gear Shaft 1, 2 O.D. 1.7700 to 1.7707 in. (44.959 to 44.975 mm)
Idle Gear Side Clearance 0.0059 to 0.0118 in. (0.15 to 0.30 mm)
Allowable Limit 0.0354 in. (0.9 mm)
NOTE: Use the torque valve for the part having the lesser property class when a fastener
and nut are used together but have a different property class.
Grade Standard Screw and Bolt Special Screw and Bolt (7)
Screw and bolt material grades are shown by numbers punched on the screw and bolt heads. Prior to tightening,
be sure to check out the numbers as shown below.
B-7575
When the fitting is tightened, you can feel when the fitting
is tight to eliminate leakage caused by under or over
torqued fittings. Use vaseline petroleum jelly to hold the
O-ring in position until the fittings are assembled [Figure
SPEC-40-1].
Washer
Washer
O-ring
O-ring
A-1852
Flare Fitting
Figure SPEC-40-4
TS-1619
Figure SPEC-40-5
1
Flare Fitting Tightening Torque
Tubeline x TORQUE
Outside x Ft.-lb.
Diameter Thread Size (N•m)
1/4” 7/16” - 20 13 (18)
2
5/16” 1/2” - 20 17 (23)
3/8” 9/16” - 18 22 (30)
1/2” 3/4” - 16 40 (54)
TS-1619
5/8” 7/8” - 14 60 (81)
3/4” 1-1/16” - 12 84 (114)
Tighten the nut until it contacts with the seat. Make a
7/8” 1-3/16” - 12 98 (133) mark across the flats of both the male and female parts
1” 1-5/16” - 12 118 (160) of the connection (Item 1) [Figure SPEC-40-7].
1-1/4” 1-5/8” - 12 154 (209)
Use the chart [Figure SPEC-40-8 on Page 4] to find the
1-1/2” 1-7/8” - 12 163 (221) correct tightness needed (Item 2) [Figure SPEC-40-7]. If
2” 2-1/2” - 12 252 (342) the fitting leaks after tightening, disconnect it and inspect
the seat area for damage.
Figure SPEC-40-6
Secondary
Seal
P13009
1
P13573
Port Seal Fitting If a torque wrench cannot be used, use the following
method.
Figure SPEC-40-11
Tighten the nut until it just makes metal to metal contact,
you can feel the resistance.
Tighten the nut with a wrench no more than one hex flat
maximum.
Nut Seals NOTE: Port seal fittings are not recommended in all
To Port applications. Use O-ring boss fittings in these
applications.
The hex portion of the nut does not contact the surface of
the component when the nut is tight.
Figure SPEC-40-12
WARNING
WARNING During cold weather (32°F [0°C] and below), do not
operate machine until the engine has run for at least
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can five minutes at less than half throttle. This warm-up
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or period is necessary for foot pedal operation and safe
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. stopping. Do not operate controls during warm-up
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do period.
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention When temperatures are below -20°F (-30°C), the
from a physician familiar with this injury. hydrostatic oil must be heated or kept warm. The
W-2072-0496 hydrostatic system will not get enough oil at low
temperatures. Park the machine in an area where the
temperature will be above 0°F (-18°C) if possible.
W-2027-1285
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Above Listed Manual For Future Reference.
Take out existing pages and put in the new pages as listed below:
Printed in U.S.A.
ROUTE TO
ATTENTION
PARTS MANAGER
SERVICE MANUAL SERVICE MANAGER X
REVISION SALES MANAGER
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Above Listed Manual For Future Reference.
Take out existing pages and put in the new pages as listed below:
TAKE OUT PUT IN REVISION DECRIPTION
Alphabetical Index Alphabetical Index Revised text
10-170-1 thru 10-170-2 10-170-1 thru 10-170-2 Revised text
Printed in U.S.A.
TAKE OUT PUT IN REVISION DECRIPTION
60-01 thru 60-04 60-01 thru 60-04 Revised text
ALL WIRING SCHEMATICS ALL WIRING SCHEMATICS Revised all Wiring Schematics
(Printed July 2003) (Printed May 2004)
NOTICE Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.
S220 Service Manual (P/N 6902447 Dated (3-06) contains updated service information which replaces the previous
S220 Service Manual (P/N 6902447) Dated (6-03).
Printed in U.S.A.